afyon kocatepe university - Afyon Kocatepe Üniversitesi
afyon kocatepe university - Afyon Kocatepe Üniversitesi
afyon kocatepe university - Afyon Kocatepe Üniversitesi
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
GENERAL INTRODUCTION<br />
School of Tourism and Hospitality Management, one of the graduate schools that has<br />
been delivering education at bachelor's degree under the roof of <strong>Afyon</strong> <strong>Kocatepe</strong> University,<br />
was founded on 11/11/2005 by decree of the Council of Ministers with the departments of<br />
“Hospitality Management”, “Travel Management”, “Food and Beverage Management” and<br />
“Department of Tourism Guidance”. The graduate school, whose education period is 5 years<br />
including 1 year of prep class, started its instruction with the department of “Hospitality<br />
Management” with 41 students in education term of 2007-2008. 6 instructors, 3 Assisting<br />
Professors and 3 research associates, and 3 administrative staff are employed under this<br />
school.<br />
School of Tourism and Hospitality Management has been delivering education in<br />
education building no. 5 on Ahmet Necdet Sezer Campus. There are 18 classrooms including<br />
1 computer lab. The computer lab has internet-accessed 40 computers with package programs<br />
about Tourism and Hospitality Management.<br />
Tourism and Hospitality Program Center of Training And Practice is used for the<br />
purpose of practice by our students. The center has 14 rooms, including 3 suite rooms, and<br />
various social areas such as accommodation unit with 35 beds, restaurant for 400 persons,<br />
breakfast lounge for 40 persons, 1 bar and 1 playground.<br />
MISSION OF SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
Our mission is to better the position that tourism sector of our country holds within<br />
international competition under the light of scientific principles, to educate students to have<br />
high values of humanity and critical thought, to increase competitive power of our country in<br />
tourism sector, to contribute scientifically to both national and international tourism market<br />
and to serve the nation.<br />
VISION OF SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
Our vision is; to be a school which has both national and international accreditation, produces<br />
information at a high added value, directs economic, social and cultural development of the<br />
region and provides qualified human resource of which tourism sector is in need.
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT<br />
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT CLASSES<br />
1. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O<br />
Theorica<br />
l Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
Introduction to Tourism C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
General Economics C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
Introduction to Management Science C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
General Mathematics C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
General Accounting I C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) I C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Foreign Language (German) I / (Russian)<br />
I O 4 0 4 3 3<br />
Foreign Language I (English) (YOK) C 3 0 3 3 3<br />
Basic Information Technologies I C 2 2 4 3 3<br />
Turkish Language I C 2 0 2 2 1<br />
Principles of Ataturk and History of<br />
Revolution I C 2 0 2 2 1<br />
Arts I / Physical Training I O 2 0 2 2 1<br />
TOTAL 29 2 31 29 30
2. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O Theorical Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
Commercial Mathematics C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
Statistics C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Management and Organization C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
General Accounting II C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Basic Information Technologies II C 2 2 4 3 3<br />
Foreign Language II (English) (YOK) C 3 0 3 3 3<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) II C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Foreign Language (German) II /<br />
(Russian) II O 4 0 4 3 3<br />
Principles of Law C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
Turkish Language II C 2 0 2 2 1<br />
Principles of Ataturk and History of<br />
Revolution II C 2 0 2 2 1<br />
TOTAL 28 2 30 28 30
3. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O<br />
Reading and Speaking in Foreign<br />
Theorica<br />
l Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
Language C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Scientific Research Techniques C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
Accounting for Hospitality Establishments C 3 0 3 3 3<br />
Front Office Management I C 2 1 3 2 3<br />
Housekeeping Management I C 2 1 3 2 3<br />
Automation in Hotels Establishments I C 3 1 4 3 3<br />
Food and Beverage Management I C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Tourism Economics C 3 0 3 3 3<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) III C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Foreign Language (German) III /<br />
(Russian) III O 4 0 4 3 3<br />
TOTAL 26 3 29 25 30
4. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O<br />
Theorica<br />
l Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
Organizational Behaviour in Tourism C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
Front Office Management II C 2 1 3 2 3<br />
Housekeeping Management II C 2 1 3 2 3<br />
Automation in Hotels Establishments II C 3 1 4 3 3<br />
Food and Beverage Management II C 2 1 3 2 3<br />
Cost-Control C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Tourism Law C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Tourism Sociology C 2 0 2 2 2<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English)<br />
IV C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Foreign Language (German) IV /<br />
(Russian) IV O 4 0 4 3 3<br />
TOTAL 24 4 28 23 30
5. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O Theorical Practical Total<br />
Human Resources Management in Hospitality<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
Est. C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Principles of Marketing C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Financial Management in Tourism Establish. C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Quality Management in Tourism Establishments C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Ethics in Tourism Establishments C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Hotel Management C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Business and Social Security Law C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) V C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Foreign Language (German) V / (Russian) V O 4 0 4 3 3<br />
TOTAL 22 0 22 21 30
6. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O Theorical Practical Total<br />
Customer Relations Management in Toursm<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
Est. C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Tourism Marketing C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Travel Agencies and Tour Operators C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Anatolian Civilizations C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
International Tourism C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Tourism and Environment C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) VI C 3 0 3 3 3<br />
Foreign Language (German) VI / (Russian)<br />
VI O 4 0 4 3 4<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
TOTAL 22 0 22 21 30
7. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O Theorical Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits ECTS Credits<br />
Public Relations in Tourism C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Tourism Promotion C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Investment and Project Analysis in Tourism C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Termal Turizm C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Communication in Tourism C 2 0 2 2 4<br />
Recreation Management C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
English for Business I C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (German) I /<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (Russian) I O 3 0 3 3 3<br />
TOTAL 19 0 19 19 30
8. TERM<br />
Name of Classes C/O Theorical Practical Total<br />
National<br />
Credits<br />
Tourism Policy and Planning C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Entrepreneurship in Tourism C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
Meeting and Special Activity Management C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Sales Improvement in Tourism<br />
Establishments C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Graduation Thesis C 3 0 3 2 5<br />
Leadership and Organization Culture in<br />
Hospitality C 2 0 2 2 3<br />
English for Business II C 3 0 3 3 4<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (German) II /<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (Russian) II O 3 0 3 3 3<br />
ECTS<br />
Credits<br />
TOTAL 22 0 22 21 30
Course Code and Name:<br />
Introduction to Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay Emir<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : oemir@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is teaching the basic concepts of tourism and creating a substructure<br />
for the tourism lessons.<br />
To the students;<br />
1. To teach the basic tourism concepts and terms;<br />
2. To provide information about the general structure of tourism sector;<br />
3. To provide information about the historical development of tourism;<br />
4. To provide information about the tourism activities in Turkey and in the world;<br />
5. To provide information about the reasons that direct people to tourism activities;<br />
6. To teach the development of tourism and the new trends;<br />
7. To provide information about the relation of tourism with the physical and social<br />
environment.<br />
1. It teaches basic concepts and terms of tourism.<br />
2. It provides information about the general structure of tourism.<br />
3. It provides information about the historical development of tourism.<br />
4. It provides information about the tourism activities in Turkey and in the world.<br />
5. It provides information about the reasons that direct people to tourism activities<br />
6. It teaches the development of tourism and the new trends.<br />
7. It provides information about the connection of tourism with the physical and<br />
social environment.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Kozak, N., Kozak, M., Kozak, M. (2001), Genel Turizm: İlkeler ve Kavramlar,<br />
Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara.<br />
Recommended Sources:<br />
1. Toskay, T., (1989), Turizm- Turizm Olayına Genel Yaklaşım, Der yayınları,<br />
İstanbul.<br />
2. Usta, Ö. (2002), Genel Turizm, Anadolu Matbaacılık, İzmir.<br />
3. Meldik, B., (1981), Tourism, Second Edition, William Heinemann Ltd., London.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Theoretical Expression, Questions and Answers<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Week<br />
General Tourism and Its Contents<br />
1<br />
-<br />
-<br />
Tourism Act And Its Importance<br />
Tourism and Tourist Concepts<br />
- International Concepts<br />
Reasons Of Tourism Activities<br />
2 - Internal Factors<br />
- External Factors<br />
Development of Tourism and Trends<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Development of Tourism Structurally<br />
Historical development of Tourism<br />
− Future trends in Tourism<br />
Types and Forms of Tourism<br />
− Types of tourism in terms of participants<br />
Subjects<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Types of tourism in terms of the place that has been visited<br />
Types of tourism in terms of the age of the participants<br />
− Types of tourism in terms of socioeconomic situation of the participants<br />
− Types of tourism in terms of the aims of participants<br />
The Place and Importance of Tourism in Economy<br />
5 − The general importance of tourism in Turkish Economy<br />
− The positive and negative effects of tourism to economy<br />
The Social and Physical Effects of Tourism<br />
6 − Social Effects of Tourism<br />
− Physical and Environmental Effects of Tourism<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Tourism in Turkey before the Turkish Republic<br />
8 − Tourism in Turkey between 1923 - 1960<br />
− Tourism in Turkey after 1960<br />
− Tourism in Turkey after 1980<br />
Tourism in Turkey<br />
9 − Domestic Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Tourism in local government in Turkey<br />
Tourism in Turkey<br />
10 − Non governmental organizations in Turkish Tourism<br />
− Problems of Turkish Tourism
11<br />
International Tourism and Prudential Trends in Tourism<br />
− International Tourism<br />
− Evaluation and Interpretation of information of World Tourism Organization<br />
International Tourism and Prudential Trends in Tourism<br />
12 − Prudential Trends in International Tourism<br />
− Prudential Trends in Turkish Tourism<br />
Tourism Policy<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Characteristics and definition of tourism policy<br />
− Goals of tourism policy<br />
− Tourism Policies in Turkey<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The skill of recognizing and commenting on tourism sector X<br />
The skill of designing a system, a part or a process in a way that it will meet the<br />
requirements<br />
Learning the general structure of tourism industry theoretically X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Learning the reasons that directs people to tourism X<br />
Learning the recent developments and trends in tourism X<br />
Comprehension of social and economic effects of tourism X<br />
Learning the aims and goals of Turkish tourism policy X<br />
8 Learning Turkish tourism structures and problems X<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay EMİR Date: 20.08.2009
Course Code and Name:<br />
Introduction to Economics<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 2 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main goals of the course are supplying information about basic notions and<br />
assumptions in economy, providing the correlation between economic factors by using<br />
this information, getting ability to draw charts by using economic data and developing<br />
ability of making comments about marketing.<br />
To the students;<br />
1. Providing information about basic financial notions and problems.<br />
2. Developing the ability of studying with charts in economy.<br />
3. Providing information about structure and feature of marketing in economy.<br />
4. Making him/her express the correlation between economic factors.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Have information about basic economic notion and problems.<br />
2. Develop the capability of working with charts in economy.<br />
3. Recognize the structure and features of the markets in economy.<br />
4. Explain the relationship between the economic variances.<br />
Course Textbook :<br />
1. Zeynel Dinler, (2008), İktisada Giriş, 14.Baskı, Ekin Kitabevi Yayınları, Bursa.<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
1. Arthur O. Sullivan, Steven M. Sheffrin, (2002), Economics, Principles and<br />
Tools, 3. Ed. Prentice Hall, New Jersey,<br />
2. Paul A. Samuelson, William D.Nordhaus, (2001) Economics, 17. Ed. McGraw-<br />
Hill Irwin, NY.<br />
3. David C. Colander, (1993), Economics, Richard D. Irwin, Inc., USA<br />
4. Karl E.Case, Ray C.Fair, (1994), Principles of Economics, 3.Ed. Prentice Hall,<br />
Inc. New Jersey,
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Basic Knowledge About Economy<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
- The qualification and importance of science of economy.<br />
- Law of scarcity<br />
- Basic economic notions<br />
Basic Knowledge About Economy<br />
- Composing the theories in economy<br />
2<br />
-<br />
-<br />
Basic principles of economy<br />
Positive and normative economy.<br />
- Micro and macro economy<br />
- Economic orders<br />
The Notions of Supply and Demand<br />
3 - Demand<br />
- Supply<br />
Formation of Equilibrium Price of Market in Perfect Competition<br />
4 - Formation of equilibrium price of market<br />
- The effect of changes in demand and submission to the market price<br />
Flexibility of Supply and Demand<br />
- The flexibility notion<br />
5 - The price flexibility of demand.<br />
- The price flexibility of Supply.<br />
- Practices about the analyses of Supply, demand and flexibility.<br />
The theory of consumer<br />
- Marginal benefit<br />
6 - Graphs of indistinguishability<br />
- Budget line.<br />
- Stability of consumer.<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
8<br />
Supply,<br />
production and expenses I (short period)<br />
- Production Process<br />
- Production expense
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
Supply, production and cost II (long period)<br />
Long period production<br />
Long period expense graph<br />
- The factors which affects the cost of long period.<br />
Types of Market<br />
- Perfect competition market<br />
Types of Market<br />
- Monopol Market<br />
Types of Market<br />
12 - Monopolistic competition and oligopoly markets.<br />
Strategic Price<br />
13 General Evaluation<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Knowing the meaning of the basic notions about economy. X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Being able to assess the economic data in business life. X<br />
Being capable of understanding the types of markets and analyzing the type of the<br />
sector.<br />
Capability of analyzing the short and the long term conditions of the market<br />
balance.<br />
Knowledge about the problems of the era.<br />
Capability of creating effective communication. X<br />
The moral and occupational responsibility of consciousness. X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Introduction to Management Science<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 1 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is giving the basic information about the basis and functions of<br />
business enterprise to the students.<br />
To the students :<br />
Telling the functions of<br />
1. The notion of business enterprise.<br />
2. Foundation, legal structure and size determining factors.<br />
3. Choosing capacity and mergers and acquisitions.<br />
4. Management, marketing, production, financing and human resources<br />
By the end of this term students will have all basic knowledge about the business<br />
enterprise. Thanks to this his/her understanding of working principles of the companies<br />
will be easy.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Karalar, Rıdvan (1998). Genel İşletme, Anadolu <strong>Üniversitesi</strong> Yayınevi.<br />
Eskişehir.<br />
Theoretical Expression through slides and examples.
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
General information about starting the lesson and the importance of it and subject materials and the<br />
technique of conducting the lesson.<br />
2 Historical view to the science of business enterprise and the notion of business economics.<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Environment in business enterprise, dividing them into departments, goals of the business enterprise.<br />
Composing investment decision about foundation of the business enterprise, determining the place of<br />
foundation.<br />
5 The legal format of private-public-foreign capitalized enterprises.<br />
6 Size and capacity of the business enterprise.<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Types of merging and cooperation in business enterprise.<br />
9 The function of management and organising in business enterprise.<br />
10 The function of marketing in business enterprise and the micro and macro functions of marketing.<br />
11<br />
The function of production in business enterprise, production systems and types of production.<br />
12 The function of financial management in business enterprise, capital resources, and risks encountered.<br />
13<br />
The function of human resources management.
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The degree of gaining business enterprise knowledge. X<br />
The capability of applying the knowledge of business enterprise. X<br />
The capability of analyzing the basic functions of business enterprise. X<br />
Integration of the theories and practices of the business enterprise<br />
(accountancy, financing, management-organization, marketing, production<br />
management)<br />
The analysis and interpretation of the phenomenon (accountancy, financing,<br />
management-organization, marketing, production management) of business<br />
enterprise.<br />
The contribution to form a perspective and an assessment of economic and social<br />
problems with a business manager point of view.<br />
The capability of using the techniques and tools for appliances of business<br />
enterprise. (accountancy, financing, management-organization, marketing,<br />
production management )<br />
The capability of using quantitative and qualitative techniques in business<br />
enterprise researches.<br />
Capability of developing interdisciplinary projects in business enterprise.<br />
Capability of understanding social, industrial, global effects of the subjects about<br />
business enterprise.<br />
The level of meeting expectancy of the world of business life and the sample<br />
solutions and the sample events and the appliances.<br />
Understanding the competitive dynamics of business and making the business life<br />
ready for expectancy.<br />
13 Providing the lifelong learning in business enterprise area. X<br />
14<br />
The capability of adapting the tools and techniques of business enterprise<br />
researches to the business life.<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X
15<br />
Forming the consciousness of required occupational morality and responsibility in<br />
the appliances of business enterprise.<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Basic Mathematics<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this course is to develop the students’ ability of solving mathematical<br />
problems.<br />
1. Calculating the decimal and the rational numbers<br />
2. Solving the appliances about the rooted numbers<br />
3. Solving the appliances about the absolute value<br />
4. Analyzing the appliances about the rational appliances<br />
5. Solving first and second degree equation<br />
6. Solving the appliances about inequality.<br />
7. Solving the system of the equations.<br />
8. Describing the resultant and the inverse function notions.<br />
9. Solving the appliances about the resultant and inverse function notions.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Calculate the decimal expansion of the numbers.<br />
2. Solve the appliances of rational numbers.<br />
3. Solve the appliances of absolute value.<br />
4. Solve the appliances of rational notions.<br />
5. Solve the first and second degree equations.<br />
6. Solve the appliances of inequality.<br />
7. Solve the system of equation.<br />
8. Describe the resultant and inverse function notions.<br />
9. Solve the appliances of resultant and inverse function.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Balcı, M. (2008), Genel Matematik 1, Balcı Yayınları, İstanbul.<br />
Suggested Readings :<br />
2. Göğüş, M. (1998), Matematik, Anadolu <strong>Üniversitesi</strong> yayınları, Eskişehir<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
1 Numbers, mathematical processes<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
2 Decimal numbers and the decimal expansion of rational numbers.<br />
3<br />
Fundamental issues<br />
The concept of absolute value<br />
4 Rational equations.<br />
5 Ratio and proportion, percentage calculation<br />
6 First degree equations and inequations<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Rational equations, first degree equation with one unknown and three unknown elements.<br />
9 Rational expressions, processes of rational expressions
10 Equations and inequations, equation systems and their solving<br />
11<br />
Functions, Notion of function<br />
12 Resultant and inverse function<br />
13 Inverse function<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Knowing the mathematical notions which are used in the basic commercial<br />
procedure.<br />
Being capable of doing mathematical processes which are used in trade of<br />
management.<br />
Being able to prepare the proportional data which are required for management via<br />
mathematical processes.<br />
Composing the basic substructure for formulas which are used in statistical studies<br />
and productivity analysis.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Bringing out the unknown data with the help of equations and functions. X<br />
Composing the basic knowledge of mathematic for life-long learning. X<br />
Prepared by: Date :<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Basic Accounting I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main goal of the course is teaching the accounting to the students who start to learn<br />
accountancy.<br />
Teaching the knowledge of accounting.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
10. Make registration of the daybook<br />
11. Prepare the trial balance<br />
12. Prepare financial charts<br />
13. Analyze financial charts<br />
14. Interpret the financial charts<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Çonkar K., H. Ulusan ve M. Öztürk, 2006, Genel Muhasebe, Nobel Yayın<br />
Dağıtım,Ankara<br />
2. Sözbilir H., 2005, Muhasebeye Giriş, <strong>Afyon</strong>karahisar<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
1 The Importance of Accountancy and the Basic Notions of Accountancy<br />
2 Basic Accounting equation and Financial Charts<br />
3 The Notion of Account in Accounting and Mechanism of the Accounts<br />
4 The Documents and the Notebooks used in accounting<br />
5 The Double Entry Bookkeeping<br />
6 The Transactions Composing One-term Accountancy Period<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
The Uniform Accounting Plan<br />
The Liquid Assets Account,<br />
The Stocks and Shares Account,<br />
The Trade Receivables Account,<br />
The Stocks Account<br />
10 The Stocks Account<br />
11<br />
The Account of Income and Expense Accrual<br />
12 Value Added Tax Account<br />
13 Other Current Assets Account
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Having general knowledge about the mechanism of the accountancy system in<br />
companies.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Integration of the theory and practices about accountancy in companies. X<br />
Capability of enrolling the goods and ministry movements which emerge from the<br />
activities of the companies with a suitable accountancy system.<br />
Learning the cash flow in companies. X<br />
Determining the end of period profit and loss condition in companies. X<br />
Capability of composing an accounting system for a company.<br />
7 Learning the uniform accounting plan. X<br />
8 Interpreting the financial statements belonging to the company. X<br />
9<br />
Composing sample capital budgets including the next registration period in<br />
companies.<br />
10 Ability to work as manager in the accounting field in companies. X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr.<br />
Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn the appropriate vocational English<br />
required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables students<br />
to understand and respond in English to an international clientele in hospitality<br />
enterprises.<br />
It is expected that students will speak effectively, adjusting for audience, purpose, and<br />
situation.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Majure, R. (1992) English for Front Office Staff, Ministry of Tourism and ILO,<br />
Ministry of Tourism Publications, Ankara, Turkey.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Reserving a Double Room<br />
Booking a Single Room<br />
Reserving a Triple Room<br />
Booking a Suite<br />
Booking into a Hotel<br />
A Double Room<br />
Filling the Registration Form<br />
A Mistake in Reservations<br />
The Bellboy Shows the Guest his Room<br />
Checking Out Late<br />
Something Is Not Working<br />
Checking In a Tour Group<br />
A Babysitter<br />
A Room change<br />
Mail, Faxes, Telexes<br />
Key Cards<br />
Hiring a Taxi<br />
A Guest Moves to the Top Floor<br />
Checking Out<br />
Charging for Children<br />
Accepting Credit Cards<br />
Exchanging Money<br />
The Courtesy Bus<br />
Electric Razors<br />
A Bilingual Secretary<br />
Potable Water<br />
The Hotel Charge<br />
The Lost& Found<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
The Resident Nurse<br />
Joining the Health Club<br />
A Safe Deposit Box<br />
Leaving a Message<br />
Subjects
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
A Business Meeting<br />
Everything Was Stolen<br />
The Banqueting Office<br />
Suggesting a Restaurant<br />
Three Messages<br />
Leaving a Message<br />
Handling a Complaint<br />
A Special Rate<br />
A VIP Guest<br />
A Call to Hong Kong<br />
A Person–to–Person Call<br />
Trouble Getting Through<br />
Could You Please Check<br />
Could You Spell the Name, Please?<br />
Paging a Guest<br />
Please Try It Again<br />
Giving Information<br />
A Problem with the Mini–Bar<br />
Letters<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors in working environment at hospitality enterprises.<br />
Ability to speak English fluently while interacting with foreign visitors in working<br />
environment at hospitality enterprises.<br />
Ability to write and take notes English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors in working environment at hospitality enterprises.<br />
Understanding how to write letters, faxes and mails effectively during hospitality<br />
operations.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism and hospitality<br />
operations.<br />
Ability to be able to understand and use hospitality automation software’s in<br />
English<br />
Ability to face customer problems effectively and solve it in a positive manner to<br />
maintain customer satisfaction<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (English) (YOK) I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 3 0 3 3 3 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr.<br />
Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this compulsory Foreign Language (English YOK) I course is to help<br />
hospitality students to have ability to use foreign language effectively in all aspects.<br />
− To understand basic structures and familiar word related to themselves, their<br />
families and the environment which they live in.<br />
− To understand names, words and simple sentences in written texts such as<br />
catalogues, announcements and advertisements.<br />
− To be able to repeat what he/she hears at a slower speed and communicate<br />
verbally in a simple way<br />
− To be able to communicate easily and describe the place where students live in<br />
and friends and relatives by using simple structures and sentences<br />
− To learn how to write postcards with short and simple sentences<br />
− To be able to speak and communicate in English<br />
− To develop writing skills by using simple sentences an words<br />
− To be able understand what others are talking about and respond<br />
− To be able read and understand newspapers, magazines and books which require<br />
basic English ability<br />
- Technological Materials<br />
- Course books<br />
- Auxiliary Books<br />
- Dictionaries<br />
- Additional Materials<br />
- CD Player<br />
- Web Sites
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers<br />
General Average<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Sign (x)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Am/is / are / my / your…<br />
This is…<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Am / is/ are/ he / she / they his / her…<br />
Where / what / who…<br />
Am / is / are<br />
Negative Questions structures<br />
Subjects<br />
Possessive Adjectives<br />
My / your / his / her / their have / has how old / who ?<br />
Present Tense: I / you / we / they / he / she / it<br />
A / an / the<br />
The time: It is nine o’clock<br />
Pronouns: it / them…<br />
This / that<br />
There is / there are<br />
In / on / at<br />
Years: 2008 / 1988<br />
Was / were born…<br />
Past Tense: I went…<br />
Regular/Irregular verbs wait - waited / go - went<br />
Can / can’t<br />
Requests and Recommendations<br />
Want / like / would like<br />
Present Continious Tense / Present Tense<br />
Negatives and Positives I am reading a book / I read a book
14<br />
Going To (Future Tense)<br />
I am going to London next week<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Yardımcı fiilleri kullanabilme / iyelik zamirlerine giriş X<br />
İyelik zamirlerini kullanabilme ve wh. Sorularına giriş X<br />
Yardımcı fiillerde soru ve olumsuz yapıları kullanabilme X<br />
Aitlik sıfatlarını kullanabilme / have –has farkı / yaş sorma X<br />
Geniş zamanı kullanabilme<br />
A / an / the<br />
Saatleri söyleyebilme X<br />
Nesne zamirlerini kullanabilme X<br />
Vardır / yoktur<br />
İn-on-at yer edatları<br />
9 Yılları ve doğum yılını söyleme X<br />
10 Geçmiş zaman, düzenli düzensiz fiil yapılarını öğrenme ve kullanma X<br />
11 Rica ve öneride bulunabilme X<br />
12 İstek ve tercihte bulunma X<br />
13 Şimdiki zaman ve geniş zaman farkını kavrama X<br />
14<br />
To be able use present continuous tense as future tense Şimdiki zamanı gelecek<br />
zaman anlamında kullanma<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Usage Of Basic Information Technologies I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 2 4 3 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is introducing the basic notions and equipment knowledge<br />
about computer. Showing the functions of keyboard key and file management and<br />
handling with detailed word and excel programmes.<br />
-To teach students technical knowledge of computer,<br />
-To accomplish file management effectively,<br />
-To teach students how to use word and excel programmes.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
15. Understand the notions about computer.<br />
16. Comprehend the functions of keyboard keys and file management.<br />
17. Use the word and excel programmes with detailed appliances.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Lesson notes and practice.<br />
Applied Expression
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
Introduction to computer usage. Introducing the subject, technique of conducting the lesson and giving<br />
introductory information about lesson technique.<br />
Computer’s functions and capacities. Operating systems and Internet browsers, and to be able to install new<br />
software, delete unwanted software, and invoke applications. Understand the differences between file<br />
formats and is able to convert file formats to use with other software. Demonstrating the ability to save<br />
files to a personal folder or disk, copy files from one location to another, and compress files.<br />
Giving information for creating a database to record basic information. Necessary skills including setting<br />
up records, defining fields, adding and deleting records, searching a database for specific information using<br />
keywords search patterns, accessing an external database,..<br />
Giving information for uploading and downloading files from a database, designing graphs to visually<br />
represent data, and designing appropriate print formats for reporting data.<br />
Giving information for using word processing to create a text document and manipulating text to create a<br />
variety of document formats. Creating tables and charts to show a comparison of data and can insert images<br />
and other items into a text document.<br />
6 Showing order menu with practice.<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
View and insert menu. Deal with toolbars and its functions with detail. Sample practice.<br />
9 Presentation of Style, Tools, Table and windows menus with practice.<br />
10<br />
11<br />
Features and introductions of Microsoft Excel. Data input in sheets and cells. Giving Formula writing’s<br />
basic logic.<br />
Deal with File, Order and View menus functions with detail.
12 Introduction of Insert, Style, Tools, Data and Windows menus functions with examples.<br />
13 Extensive sample solving with Microsoft Excel<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Having a basic understanding of basic concepts and terminology of information<br />
technology and be able to define them.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Having a basic understanding of personal computers and their operations. X<br />
Having acquired basic skills and be able to use the main personal computer<br />
applications (Word, Excel, Power Point).<br />
Having acquired basic web design and development skills X<br />
Having an increased ability to learn and explore new information technologies<br />
with confidence.<br />
Being able to prepare reports and presentations about information technologies. X<br />
Providing contribution to development of foreign language. X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Turkish Language I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 2 2 1 1 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Erhan SOLMAZ<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : esolmaz@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
It aims to make each postgraduate young people to understand the structure and operational<br />
characteristics of mother tongue as required; to make them to gain the skill of using<br />
Turkish accurately in terms of language-thought relation and as a written and oral<br />
communication tool. It also aims to make Turkish dominant in instruction as a uniting and<br />
connective language and to bring young people up who has sense of mother tongue.<br />
The rhetoric information that includes the required rules to express ideas according to the<br />
aim perfectly is an important issue for each educated young person in every profession.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Türk Dili ve Kompozisyon Bilgileri, <strong>Afyon</strong> Eğitim Sağlık ve Bilim Araştırma<br />
Vakfı Yayını, <strong>Afyon</strong> 2004<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. All resources involving Turkish Language and Composition Knowledges.<br />
2. Turkish Dictionary<br />
3. Turkish Speller etc.<br />
Oral narration, drama method, practical activities
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1 Language and culture<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
2 Turkish language and its place in world languages<br />
3 The historical development of Turkish language I<br />
4 The historical development of Turkish language II<br />
Subjects<br />
5 Nativisation efforts of borrowed words and language reform<br />
6 The alphabets used by Turks, classification of Turkish dialects, dialects of Turkish language<br />
7 Phonetics<br />
8<br />
Basic phonetic events and features in Turkish words<br />
9 Nouns, adjectives, pronouns and adverbs<br />
10 Verbs and voice of verbs<br />
11 Prepositions, semantic types of words<br />
12 Word groups and sentence knowledge<br />
13 Punctuations<br />
14 Spelling rules
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Preparing for life X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Gaining the skill of mother tongue use X<br />
Simplifying the second language learning X<br />
Strengthening the social relations X<br />
Rousing the pleasure of art X<br />
Bringing in the commenting skill X<br />
Prepared by: Erhan SOLMAZ Date: 24.09.2008
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
History of Turkish Revolution & Principles of Atatürk I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 1 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Doç.Dr. Ahmet Yaramış<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is to examine The Kemalist thought system on scientific<br />
level which takes its source from the Revolution & Principles of Atatürk that are<br />
the basis and assurance of Turkish Republic.<br />
To the students,<br />
10. giving information about the thought trends before republic.<br />
11. teaching First World War and its effects<br />
12. introducing details about The National Struggle and The Independence War<br />
13. explaining the basis of The System of Atatürkist Ideolgogy<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
18. know about the thought trends before commonwealth<br />
19. learn the First World War and its effects<br />
20. get information about The National Struggle and Independence War<br />
21. learn the basis of the Kemalist thought system<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
2. Turan, R., Safran M., Hayta N., Şahin M., Çakmak, M. A., Dönmez, C.<br />
(2006). Atatürk İlkeleri ve İnkılâp Tarihi, Gazi Kitabevi, Ankara.<br />
3. Demir, M., Şahin, E., Selvi, H. (2006), Atatürk İlkeleri ve İnkılap Tarihi,<br />
Değişim Yayınları, İstanbul<br />
1. Nutuk, M. Kemal Atatürk, Kültür Bk. 1980,<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
2. Atatürk’ün Söylev ve Demeçleri, Ankara, 1945,<br />
3. Atatürkçülük ve Türkiye’nin Demokratikleşme Süreci, Preston Hughes, 1993.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
The reasons of the collapse of Ottoman Empire<br />
The wars of Second Constitution Era<br />
Subjects<br />
Thought Trends<br />
First World War and Ottoman Empire<br />
The Mondros Armistice Treaty and Reactions against it<br />
The Secret Sharing Treaties<br />
4 The Preparation Period of National Independence War, Associations<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
The arrival of M.Kemal Atatürk to Samsun, and National Organization Attempts<br />
Amasya Mandate<br />
Erzurum and Sivas Congresses<br />
Amasya Negotiation and protocols<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Gathering of “Meclis_i Mebusan” in İstanbul<br />
Acceptance of “Misak_ı Milli”<br />
Opening of Grand National Assembly in Ankara,<br />
Uprisings in the Period of National Struggle<br />
10 Projects of sharing Turkey and Sevr Treaty<br />
11<br />
12<br />
East Front, war against Armenia<br />
South Front, war against France<br />
War against the Greek Army in West Front<br />
The First Inönü war and its results<br />
The Second Inönü war and its results
13<br />
14<br />
Sakarya War<br />
The Grand Counter-attack ( Büyük Taarruz )<br />
Peace Conference of Lausanne<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contribu<br />
tion<br />
The ability of analyzing the reasons of Ottoman Empire’s collapse X<br />
The ability of making comments about the factors according to recent<br />
conditions, which prepared the collapse.<br />
Having detailed information about the steps of the foundation of Turkish<br />
Republic.<br />
Being able to apply the Kemalist thought system to the all fields of life<br />
Being capable of making analysis of The National Struggle and The<br />
Independence War and transferring to the others towards scientific facts.<br />
Having information about the proclamation of the republic. X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache ( Deutsch) I<br />
Semester<br />
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Gesamtstunde Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
I 4 0 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben und –<br />
eignungen für Fach<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmateriellefür Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie<br />
zukünftig arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
1. sich selbst oder andere vorstellen<br />
2. jdn. nach Beruf fragen und seinen Beruf sagen<br />
3. jdn. nach Uhr fragen<br />
4. jdn. fragen ,wo er wohnt oder arbeitet<br />
5. jdn. woher er kommt und wohin er fährt.<br />
6. jdn. nach fragen einer Anschrift<br />
7. jdn. danach fragen , wie man zB. zum Museum fährt.<br />
8. jdn. nach Preis von etwas fragen<br />
Grundlehrbuch:<br />
1. Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher:<br />
1. Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4<br />
2. Studio d A I<br />
3. Deutsch für Ausländer I - 2<br />
4. Berliner Platz I - 2<br />
5. Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3<br />
6. Zimmer frei Herzlich willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie<br />
7. Ferner Casetten und CD’s von Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung X 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung X 25<br />
Semesterprüfung<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
X 50<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
1<br />
Deutschalphabet, Aussprache von Buchstaben, Nomen u. Artikel im Deutsch (1),<br />
Begrüßung und Abschied / sich selbst oder andere vorstellen / die Welt / mitten in Europa<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Nominativ – Personalpronomen, Präsens - Konjugation von Verben ‘ lernen, kommen und sein ‘ /<br />
fragen und antworten mit Fragewörtern was, wer, wo, wohin und woher / eine Stadt / ein Dorf<br />
Nomen u. Artikel im Deutsch (2), Pluralformen von Nomen, unbestimmte Artikel und Negation ein -<br />
kein /<br />
Die Stadt Frankfurt / in Köln / über Städte und Personen sprechen / Konjugation von Verb ‘wissen’<br />
Satzbau : Aussagesatz , Sätze mit und ohne Fragewort , Imperativsatz in höflicher Form ( Imperativ 1)<br />
Zahlen bis 100 / Übungen mit Fragewörtern ‘ Wie viel , Wie viele ‘<br />
Wochen tage , Tageszeiten / die Uhren / Gebrauch von Präpositionen wie ‘ an, um, von und bis ’ / ein<br />
Formular ausfüllen / Meine Familie und ich / Zahlen ab 100 / Übungen mit Fragewörtern ‘ Wie alt,<br />
Wie hoch ‘<br />
Nomen und Personalpronomen im Akkusativ , Possessivpronomen / Gebrauch von Adjektiv und Verb<br />
‘ haben’<br />
Ein Haus beschreiben<br />
Wiederholung erzählter Themen und erste Zwischenprüfung (schriftlich)<br />
Konjugation u. Gebrauch von Modalverb ‘möchte ‘ / ein Brief aus Tübingen / Modalverben im<br />
Deutsch / Präsens - Konjugation , Gebrauch im Satz<br />
Trennbare und untrennbare Verben im Deutsch - Beispiele und Übungen über dieses Thema / Gebrauch<br />
von ‘brauchen ‘ / Lebensmitteln / Preise / bestellen – bezahlen / Der Münterplatz in Freiburg<br />
Nomen und Personalpronomen im Dativ / Gebrauch von Verben und Präpositionen mit Dativ /<br />
Leute<br />
in Hamburg / Der Tag von Familie Raptis<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über den Gebrauch von Präpositionen mit Dativ oder Akkusativ / ein Treffen<br />
planen<br />
Wiederholung erzählter Themen und zweite Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich)<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über den Gebrauch von Präpositionen mit Akkusativ / Ein Spezialität aus<br />
Hamburg / kochen und essen<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über den Gebrauch von Reflexivverben ( Imperativ – 2) Reihenzahlen /<br />
Eine tägliche Aktivität erzählen / Berufe<br />
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
sich selbst oder andere vorstellen x<br />
Jdn. nach Anschrift , Preise , Abfahrt und Ankunft von Verkehrsmitteln x<br />
Bestellung , Zimmerreservierung und Rechnung x<br />
Eine Person oder eine Ware beschreiben x<br />
Eine Speise beschreiben x<br />
Der Vorbereitende : Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum : 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 4 0 4 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Giving general information about Russian language and Cyrillic alphabet. Learning the<br />
alphabet to use Russian alphabet with freedom. Acquaintance and Greeting each other in<br />
Russian.<br />
1. Information about evolution history of Russian language.<br />
2. Using Russian alphabet with freedom.<br />
3. Realizing the act of syllable in words.<br />
4. Correct pronunciation of some words. Importance of accent in Russian, Sentence<br />
concept.<br />
5. Recognition of questions in terms of accent<br />
6. Get exact information about the kind of name<br />
7. Using personal pronouns in correct way<br />
8. Using Possessive pronouns in correct way<br />
9. Having conversation, Greet each other, describing, introducing.<br />
1. Information about evolution history of Russian language.<br />
2. Using Russian alphabet with freedom.<br />
3. Realizing the act of syllable in words.<br />
4. Correct pronunciation of some words. Importance of accent in Russian, Sentence<br />
concept.<br />
5. Recognition of questions in terms of accent<br />
6. Get exact information about the kind of name<br />
7. Using personal pronouns in correct way<br />
8. Using Possessive pronouns in correct way<br />
9. Having conversation, Greet each other, describing, introducing.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, Web sites<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X %60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Introduction<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
History of Russian language. History of Cyrillic alphabet.<br />
Introduction to Cyrillic alphabet.<br />
Cyrillic alphabet<br />
2 − Vowel letters in Cyrillic alphabet<br />
− Consonant letters in Cyrillic alphabet<br />
Cyrillic alphabet<br />
3 − Symbols in Cyrillic alphabet.<br />
− Using the alphabet.<br />
Russian Language transcription<br />
4 − Voices of Cyrillic alphabet and voices taking place in Turkish.<br />
− Correct Pronunciation of the alphabet.<br />
Writing of the letters.<br />
5 Russian writing examples.<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Transformation of syllable to words.<br />
Stress and Intonation.<br />
Affixes in the names.<br />
Nominative case of names.<br />
MID TERM EXAM
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Male, Female and Neutral kind names.<br />
Changing adjectives as per kinds.<br />
Using personal pronouns.<br />
Using pronouns as per kinds.<br />
1-10 numbers.<br />
Using numbers in the sentence with names.<br />
Knowing and using Possessive pronouns.<br />
Change of Possessive pronoun as per kinds.<br />
Greetings.<br />
Introducing.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Learning the Cyrillic alphabet. Perceiving the Russian Writing system. Writing<br />
with freedom.<br />
Understanding the phonetic structure of Russian language. Using Stress and<br />
intonation in correct way.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Recognition of nominative case. Classifying the names as per their kind. X<br />
Using adjective for male, female and notr nouns. X<br />
Learning personal pronouns, possessive pronouns and demonstrative pronouns and<br />
using them as per their kinds.<br />
Getting used to speaking Russian. Greetings, Introducing, inquire after people’s<br />
health.<br />
Prepared by: Aybeniz Mirishli Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Fine Arts<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 1 Turkish Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The general aim of the course is making students learn that art is a notion that increases<br />
the life to a better condition, it makes senses acuter and teaches how to be an honest, a<br />
sceptic, a social person and gives information about the nature of art and various art<br />
disciplines.<br />
To the students,<br />
14. Telling the difficulty in describing art.<br />
15. Describing art and artist with an accurate content.<br />
16. Explaining the nature and systems of different art disciplines.<br />
17. Telling the degeneration problem of art.<br />
18. Making the students classify the different art disciplines.<br />
19. Teaching the basis and functions of art.<br />
22. He/She can understand the difficulty of describing art.<br />
23. He/She can describe art and artist with an accurate content.<br />
24. He/She can explain the nature and systems of different art disciplines.<br />
25. He/She can tell the degeneration problem of art.<br />
26. He/She can classify different art disciplines.<br />
27. He/She learns the basis and functions of art.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
4. Turani, A. (1999) Çağdaş Sanat Felsefesi. Remzi Kitabevi, İstanbul.<br />
5. Tunalı, İ., (2008) Felsefenin Işığında Modern Resim. Remzi Kitabevi, İstanbul.<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
1. Various Art Magazines<br />
2. Materials about the subject like CD, DVD.<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
1 Definition of Art : General Art and Specific Art<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Classification of Fine Art<br />
Visual Art (Plastic Art)<br />
Subjects<br />
Auditory Arts (Phonetic Arts), Mixed Formats (Dramatic Arts)<br />
4 Aesthetic: Generally beauty, beauty as an aesthetic value, aesthetic theories.<br />
5 Functions of Art: Social functions of art, cultural functions of art, psychological functions of art.<br />
6 Deterioration of art, “KITSCH” problem: Popular culture and Kitsch, arabesque and art.<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
World Art History Overview<br />
9 Chronology of civilizations, European Art periods<br />
10 Trends of Art after 1960 and contemporary art, conceptual art, abstract trends of art.<br />
11<br />
Turkish Art: Turkish Art and 20th century<br />
12 Overview to Turkish painting, examining Works of art, contemporary art.<br />
13 Examining various visual documentaries about Istanbul and Venice biennials.
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Capability of classifying branches of art. X<br />
Capability of organising art activities in the sector of tourism. X<br />
Having information about the history of art.<br />
Capability of presenting artistic activities to the customers regarding recreational<br />
activities.<br />
Gaining an artistic vision. X<br />
Capability of effective communication. X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Physical Education<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
I 2 0 2 2 1 Turkish Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the lesson is to introduce physical education and sportive science to the<br />
students.<br />
To the students,<br />
20. Introducing the phenomenon of the physical education,<br />
21. Introducing the phenomenon of sport,<br />
22. Introducing the branches of sport,<br />
23. Introducing the physical education and sportive science,<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
28. Recognize the phenomenon of the physical education,<br />
29. Recognize the phenomenon of the sport,<br />
30. Recognize the branches of sport,<br />
31. Recognize the physical education and sportive science,<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Sevim, Y. (2002) Antrenman Bilgisi. Nobel Yayıncılık, Ankara.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
2. Aracı, H. (1998) Okullarda Beden Eğitimi. Ofset Yayınevi, Ankara.<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
Description of the Physical Education and Sportive Science; the general aims of the physical education, the<br />
disadvantages of a inactivity life<br />
Various Physical Education Practice; the sport criteria for a healthy life; classification of the brances of<br />
sport<br />
What are the types of sport, what is the heart of sport?<br />
4 Description of different sport brances-basketball<br />
5 Physiology of the people-handball<br />
6 Health and First Aid-volleyball-swimming<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Rules of Ping-Pong<br />
9 Rules of Badminton<br />
10 The Physiological Fundamentals of Life- Long Sport, Amateurism Professionalism<br />
11 Assessment of the activitiea of Physical Education in the Notion of free time - recreation<br />
12 The programmes of keeping fit for all age groups<br />
13 Management of the Sport Facilities and the Organizations of Sport
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Knowing the basic sport branches and their rules. X<br />
Getting information about free time management and being able to apply it in the<br />
tourism sector.<br />
The capability of preparing fitness keeping programmes for various age groups in<br />
hotel facilities.<br />
The capability of developing alternative animation programmes in hotel facilities<br />
by using physical education information.<br />
Getting information about first aid and health X<br />
The capability of applying first aid in case of emergency. X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Business Mathematics<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 0 2 2 2 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is making practical use of Mathematics in commercial<br />
operations<br />
To make students efficient in calculations about simple interest, compound interest and<br />
annuity<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Calculate simple interest<br />
2. Calculate compound interest<br />
3. Make annuity calculations<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Kula V., 2007,Ticari Matematik, <strong>Afyon</strong> <strong>Kocatepe</strong> <strong>Üniversitesi</strong> Yayını,<br />
<strong>Afyon</strong>karahisar<br />
2. Zima P. Ve R.L. Brsan, 1987, Mathematic Of Finance, Third Edition, McGraw-<br />
Hill Book Campany, Europe<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
The notion of interest<br />
Simple internal-external interest<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Rediscount processing in simple internal interest<br />
Simple internal and external discount<br />
Real and commercial interest<br />
Subjects<br />
The use of simple interest in the calculation of time value of money<br />
The use of simple interest in the calculation of time value of money<br />
QUIZ<br />
Compound interest<br />
Compound internal- external interest<br />
Exceptions in compound interest applications<br />
The use of compound interest in the calculation of time value of money<br />
Annuity<br />
Percentage calculations
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Being informed about mathematical methods generally used in commercial<br />
processes<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
To learn the notion of interest and interest applications X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Being able to calculate time value of money X<br />
Using simple and compound interest in calculation of time value of money X<br />
The ability to analyse commercial character events in enterprises X<br />
The ability to execute percentage calculations in movements of money in<br />
enterprises<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Statistics<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is to teach how to analyze data, the calculation and usage of<br />
descriptive statistics, estimation techniques.<br />
The goal of this lesson is to teach the students the common notions, techniques and<br />
applications about statistics.<br />
1. Measuring and measuring techniques<br />
2. Collecting Data<br />
3. Presenting Data<br />
4. Analyzing Data<br />
5. Interpretation of findings<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. İstatistik I Prof. Dr. Necmi GÜRSAKAL, Alfa Kitabevi, Burç Sinema Pasajı<br />
No: 34 Altıparmak BURSA 2001, Tel:0.224.2236016<br />
2. İstatistik I Prof. Dr. Özer SERPER, Ezgi Kitabevi,Altıparmak caddesi Burç<br />
Pasajı No:35 BURSA 2000, 0.224.2209697<br />
3. İşletmeciler ve iktisatçılar için istatistik Paul NEWBOLD (Çev: Ümit<br />
ŞENESEN) Litertür Kitabevi, istiklal caddesi No: 133 Beyoğlu İSTANBUL<br />
0.212.2924120<br />
4. Statistics for Business and Economics, Paul NEWBOLD, Prentice-Hall İnc. A<br />
Simon& Schuster company, New Jersey, 1995
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Education in class and computerized application<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
What is statistics? Collecting data,<br />
Presenting Data<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Forming graph and chart<br />
Descriptive statistics: Measures of central tendency<br />
Descriptive statistics: Measures of dispersion<br />
Probability<br />
Random variables<br />
Discrete variate probability distribution<br />
Binomial Distribution<br />
Hyper geometric Distribution<br />
Subjects<br />
Poisson Distribution<br />
Continuous variable probability distribution and normal distribution<br />
Sampling distributions<br />
Estimation<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Point and interval estimation<br />
Sample and sampling techniques<br />
Tests of hypothesis<br />
Parametric tests of hypothesis<br />
Non-parametric tests of hypothesis<br />
Analysis of Variance<br />
Correlation Analysis<br />
Regression Analysis<br />
Regression Analysis
13<br />
14<br />
Indices<br />
Time series<br />
Practices and case studies<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Degree of gaining information about business administration. X<br />
Being able to obtain the needed data in accordance with data collecting techniques. X<br />
Being able to resolve the basic analysis like correlation analysis, regression<br />
analysis<br />
Being able to make planning for following periods in accordance with past and<br />
timely data<br />
The ability to setting forth the relation between different variables and interpreting<br />
it<br />
Being able to present the data about past periods as report in the phase of planning<br />
the activities of enterprise to administrators<br />
Defining the statistical techniques to be used in the evaluation of the activities X<br />
8 Estimating future in the light of statistical data X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Management and Organisation<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes One group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is introduction and discussion of basic notions, theory and<br />
applications about the concept of management<br />
To acquire a conceptional cognition about the basic subjects of management<br />
To learn fundamental subjects and main macro theories<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Explain the place and importance of management organisation in social concepts<br />
2. Define concepts like management, manager and enterprise<br />
3. Discuss classical, neoclassical, and modern management theories<br />
4. Discuss main functions of management process<br />
Course Textbooks:<br />
1. Bolat, T., Seymen O. A., Bolat, O. İ., Erdem, B. (2008) Yönetim ve<br />
Organizasyon, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
2. Koçel, T., (2005), İşletme Yöneticiliği, İstanbul, Arıkan Basım Yayım Dağıtım.<br />
3. Genç, N., (2005), Yönetim ve Organizasyon, Era Bilgi Sistemleri Yayıncılık<br />
4. Efil, İ., (2002), İşletmelerde Yönetim ve Organizasyon, Alfa Basım Yayın<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Daft, L. Richard, Management, 2-7th Editions
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Introduction to management<br />
Subjects<br />
− The notion of management<br />
1 − Functions of management<br />
− Management stages and features<br />
− Managerial skills and roles<br />
Historical development of management conception<br />
− Classical management approach<br />
2<br />
- Scientific management approach<br />
- Management process approach<br />
- Bureaucracy approach<br />
Historical development of management conception<br />
3 − Neoclassical management approach<br />
− Comparison of classical and neoclassical management approaches<br />
Historical development of management conception<br />
4<br />
− Modern management approach<br />
- System approach<br />
- Contingency approach<br />
Management functions<br />
5 − Planning<br />
Management functions<br />
6 − Organisation<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Management functions<br />
− Execution<br />
− Coordination<br />
9 − Supervision<br />
Management functions<br />
Management assistance functions
− Leadership<br />
− Motivation<br />
− Organisational communication<br />
Post modern management approaches<br />
10 − Strategic management<br />
− Reorganisation<br />
Post modern management approaches<br />
11<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Plain management<br />
Learning organisations<br />
− Employee empowerment<br />
Post modern management approaches<br />
12 − Organisational downsizing<br />
− Benchmarking<br />
Post modern management approaches<br />
13 − Management with teams and self managing teams<br />
− Network organisations, virtual organisations and cellular organisations<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
14<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Degree of bringing in manager ship knowledge X<br />
The ability to apply manager ship knowledge X<br />
The ability to analyse main functions of management X<br />
Contribution to combining theory and practice in the field of managementorganisation<br />
in enterprises<br />
Contribution to the analysis and interpretation of management – organisation<br />
notions<br />
Contribution to evaluating and forming a perspective by the point of view of<br />
business management<br />
The ability to use methods and instruments on account of business management<br />
applications (management-organisation etc.)<br />
8 Contribution to the ability of efficient communication X<br />
9<br />
Contribution to the ability to develop projects interdisciplinary in the field of<br />
management<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
10<br />
Contribution to expectations of business world and comprehending the real<br />
dynamics of business world by means of sample event, sample solutions and<br />
practice<br />
11 Contribution to acquiring the ability for teamwork (groupwork) X<br />
12<br />
Contribution to the ability to defining problems, planning problem solving<br />
processes and problem solving<br />
13 Contribution to the ability to constitution of models and analysing X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
General Accounting II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
This Lesson aims the faculty students who are beginner learners of accountancy to learn<br />
accountancy<br />
To teach the knowledge of accountancy<br />
1. Recording wage journal<br />
2. Preparing trial balance<br />
3. Preparing financial charts<br />
4. Analyzing financial charts<br />
5. Interpreting financial charts<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Çonkar K., H. Ulusan ve M. Öztürk, 2006, Genel Muhasebe, Nobel Yayın<br />
Dağıtım,Ankara<br />
2. Sözbilir H., 2005, Muhasebeye Giriş, <strong>Afyon</strong>karahisar<br />
Theoretical, question and answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Financial tangible assets<br />
Tangible Assets<br />
Intangible Assets<br />
Fiscal Debts Account<br />
Commercial Debts Account<br />
Other Debts Account<br />
Paid in Capital Account<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Capital and Profit Reserves Account<br />
Profits and Losses Account<br />
Income Account<br />
Outgoings Account<br />
Correcting Recording Errors<br />
Inventory Processes<br />
Subjects
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
To be informed generally about the operation of accounting system in enterprises x<br />
To integrate theories and practices in the field of accounting in enterprises x<br />
To be able to record the goods and service movements which emerge within<br />
enterprise actions in accordance with accounting system<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
To learn the cash flow in enterprises x<br />
To be able to define the end of term profit and loss status x<br />
To be able to constitute an accounting system for any kind of enterprises x<br />
Learning uniform accounting system x<br />
8 To be able to interpret fiscal charts belonging to the enterprise x<br />
9<br />
10<br />
To be able to constitute sample fund budgets including the following recording<br />
term<br />
To be eligible to work as administrator in enterprises in the field of accounting<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
x<br />
x<br />
x
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Use of Basic Information Technologyies II<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 2 4 3 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is teaching students the necessary Microsoft Word, Excel,<br />
Power point applications extensively. To make them comprehend the techniques of<br />
preparing effective presentations. To make them find the needed information on the<br />
internet and to provide the effective communication on internet via e-mail.<br />
-To inform students of the needed computer info. In this respect,<br />
-To teach advanced Microsoft Word, Excel and Power Point applications successfully.<br />
-To give the needed information on internet and make them communicate on internet.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Comprehension of Microsoft Word and Excel programmes with the help of<br />
advanced level examples<br />
2. The usage of Power Point programme and preparing presentations<br />
3. Implementation of efficiency of internet use and learning fast and efficient<br />
search techniques on internet<br />
Course Text Book:<br />
1. Lecture Notes and Practice<br />
Practical Lecture
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Sample application connected with Microsoft Word programme<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Sample application connected with Microsoft Excel programme<br />
Graph drawing, calculations with the help of statistical and financial formulas<br />
Introducing Power Point programme and design preparation<br />
Creating presentations on Power Point. Writing text, background formation, adding new slide, deleting<br />
slide etc.<br />
Creating chart within the presentation, organisation graphics and adding pictures and forming.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Adding animations and administrating presentations<br />
Comprehensive sample solutions concerning Power Point<br />
Internet use and search engines on internet<br />
E-mail use and communication ways on internet<br />
Comprehensive sample application<br />
Revision of all of the subjects and answering questions
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Recognizing, understanding, using and working on information technologies X<br />
The ability to use the programmes that information technologies require, knowing<br />
computer hardware<br />
The ability to use office programmes (Word, Excel, Power Point) effectively X<br />
The ability to install programmes to be used in associated activities or to uninstall<br />
programmes when necessary<br />
Bringing information technologies into use in accordance with needs X<br />
Preparing reports, presentations with the help of office programmes X<br />
Contribution to foreign language development X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (English) II (YOK)<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 3 0 3 3 3 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The curriculum of compulsory English II is prepared according to CEF objectives. In this<br />
sense, the students are aimed to acquire the skill to use the language versatilely.<br />
1. To understand the forms and frequently used words related with the topics<br />
concerning the student directly<br />
2. To read the easy texts, to comprehend the general idea of ads, manuals, menus<br />
and time tables and to understand the informal letters.<br />
3. To be able to communicate in easy and ordinary affairs requiring direct<br />
information exchange about known topics and activities<br />
4. To be able to use several forms and sentences to describe one’s family and other<br />
people, life conditions, educational background and last job<br />
5. To be able to write short and easy notes, letter of thanks<br />
1. Acquired speaking skills and, being able to communicate<br />
2. Developed writing skills with simple sentences and words<br />
3. Basically understanding and answering the speech of an interlocutor<br />
4. Reading and understanding newspapers, magazines and books requiring<br />
elementary level knowledge<br />
1. Technological equipment<br />
2. Course textbook<br />
3. Supplementary Textbook<br />
4. Dictionary<br />
5. Additional materials<br />
6. CD player<br />
7. Web sites<br />
Question- answer, drama, learning with gestures, using web based programmes
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
‘To be’ am / is / are,<br />
I am from <strong>Afyon</strong>, Turkey<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
Possessive adjectives: my, your, his, its, her, our, their<br />
Short answers: Yes, it is No, they aren’t<br />
Simple Present affirmative: She works They work<br />
Simple Present negative: she doesn’t work They don’t work<br />
Simple Present Interrogative: Does she work? Do they work?<br />
Simple Present short answers: Yes, she does No, they don’t<br />
There is / There are<br />
How many, some any, in, on, at<br />
This, that, these, those<br />
Can, can’t, was, were, could<br />
Simple Past tense: regular verbs, irregular verbs, time adverbials<br />
Walk / walked go / went yesterday<br />
Past simple affirmative: I went…<br />
Past Simple negative: I didn’t go…<br />
Past Simple interrogative: Did you go…?<br />
Past Simple short answers: Yes, I did No, I didn’t<br />
Countable and uncountable nouns: Money / Friends<br />
I like… / I would like…<br />
a / an / the<br />
some / any / much / many<br />
Comparative adjectives:<br />
big / bigger / the biggest interesting / more interesting / the most interesting<br />
Present Progressive : am / is / are + Ving<br />
Present Progressive Affirmative: I am watching…<br />
Present Progressive Negative: I am not watching…<br />
Present Progressive question: Are you watching…<br />
Present Progressive answer: Yes, I am No, I am not
14<br />
Questions : Whose / where / when / why / what time / who / which / what<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
To be able to utter basic information about oneself in everyday language X<br />
To able to talk about oneself and one’s environment using personal pronouns X<br />
To be able to express the actions that one carries out at regular intervals positively<br />
or negatively<br />
To be able to ask and answer questions about the actions that one carries out at<br />
regular intervals<br />
To be able to show countable and uncountable objects with the structures of There<br />
is / there are / some / any<br />
Expressing present abilities with ‘can’<br />
Using ‘Was / were’ forms of past tense<br />
Being able to express past actions and being able to talk about past events X<br />
The ability to express past events and actions with affirmative and negative<br />
structures, the skill to ask and answer questions<br />
9 The ability to define and use countable and uncountable nouns X<br />
10<br />
Getting the ability to use A / an /the in daily life<br />
More or less talking about quantity<br />
11 Being able to talk about one’s environment by classifying adjectives X<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
The ability to express the actions at the time of speaking around one negatively or<br />
positively by using present continuous tense<br />
The ability to ask and answer questions about the actions around one at the time of<br />
speaking by using present continuous tense<br />
The ability to ask and answer questions about person, object, and place using<br />
question words<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) II<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course<br />
Learning Outs<br />
and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic<br />
and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn the appropriate vocational English<br />
required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables the students<br />
to understand and respond in English to an international clientele in hotels and restaurants.<br />
It is expected that students will speak effectively, adjusting for audience, purpose, and<br />
situation.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
6. Majure, R. (1992) English for Front Office Staff, Ministry of Tourism and ILO,<br />
Ministry of Tourism Publications, Ankara, Turkey.<br />
7. Majure, R., et al. (1992) English for Food&Beverage Service Staff, Ministry of<br />
Tourism and ILO, Ministry of Tourism Publications, Ankara, Turkey.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues, Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week Subjects<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
A Guest with Animals<br />
Where are you?<br />
The guest Pays His Bill<br />
A Reservation for a Restaurant<br />
A Dress from India<br />
A Problem with the Plumbing<br />
A Non–Allergic Pillow<br />
A room Improperly Cleaned<br />
Same Day Service<br />
Complaints About the Laundry<br />
A Problem with the Bill<br />
The International Spelling Code<br />
An Accident<br />
Some Alterations<br />
Sewing Kits<br />
A City Tour<br />
Entertainment & Cultural Events<br />
It Was Stolen!<br />
A Breakfast Order<br />
Discussing a Menu<br />
Room Service<br />
A Good Meal<br />
A Package for Mr. Martin<br />
The Breakfast Dialog<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
A Reservation for a Party of Three<br />
Seating Guests<br />
A Reservation at the Pearl Restaurant<br />
A Table too Close to The Toilet<br />
A Reservation at the Rose Restaurant<br />
Ordering Today’s Special<br />
A Table for Six<br />
Ordering Steak<br />
Selling Wine<br />
Ordering Hors–d’Oeuvres, Soup and the Main Course
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
A reservation for Mr. Washington<br />
Ordering Meat<br />
Ordering Cheese<br />
Ordering Desssert<br />
Ordering from the Dessert Trolley<br />
Chocolate Cake and Pear with Rum<br />
The Wrong Order<br />
A Complaint About Steak<br />
I ordered Turkish Coffee<br />
Ordering Liqueur, Brandy, Port, Madeira and Sherry<br />
A Reservation for Nine O’clock<br />
Ordering From a Turkish Menu<br />
Two Coffees and The Bill<br />
Accepting a Traveler’s Check<br />
Accepting Credit cards<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors in working environment at hospitality and food and beverage enterprises.<br />
Ability to speak English fluently while interacting with foreign visitors in working<br />
environment at hospitality and food and beverage enterprises.<br />
Ability to write and take notes English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors in working environment at hospitality and food and beverage enterprises.<br />
Understanding how to write letters, faxes and mails effectively during hospitality<br />
and food and beverage operations.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism and hospitality and<br />
food and beverage operations.<br />
Ability to be able to understand and use hospitality and food and beverage<br />
automation softwares in English<br />
Ability to face customer problems effectively and solve it in a positive manner to<br />
maintain customer satisfaction<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Prepared by: Asist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Basic Law<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 0 2 2 2 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is providing students to comprehend the fundamental<br />
conceptions and establishments of law. Course also homes comprising of fundamental<br />
law logic on students.<br />
At the end of this course the student is supposed to learn the definition and fundamental<br />
conceptions of law, to comprehend the importance of law on society, to foresee the<br />
sanctions on the case of breaking the law, to learn what to do when a judiciary problem<br />
occurs, to know about the resources of law, to learn his/her own rights, to have the ability<br />
of using his/her rights as a citizen.<br />
Learning fundamental law knowledge<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. AKINTÜRK, Turgut. (2006) Temel Hukuk. Eskişehir: Anadolu <strong>Üniversitesi</strong><br />
Açıköğretim Fakültesi Yayınları.<br />
2. ANDAÇ, Faruk. (2006) Hukukun Temel Kavramları. Ankara: Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
3. CAN, Halil- GÜNER Semih. (2006) Hukukun Temel Kavramları. İstanbul:<br />
Arıkan Yayınları.
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Introduction to Common Law<br />
Social Order Rules and Law<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Rules of Law and Law Enforcement<br />
Subjects<br />
Resources of Law : Constitution , Legislations , Rules , Regulations<br />
Types of Law Rules<br />
Law of Tradition<br />
Turkish Law System<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Parting Law into Branches : Civil Law and Private Law<br />
Branches of Civil Law and Private Law<br />
Applying Rules of Law<br />
Conception of Legal Relation and Sides of It<br />
Conception of Right and Types of It<br />
Real and Judicial People in Law
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Comprehending Turkish Law System in a General Way X<br />
Understanding Legal Dimensions of Commercial Operations X<br />
Providing The Ability to Find a Solution For Commercial Operations X<br />
Contributing to Getting The Legal Structure That Determines Turkish Financial<br />
Life<br />
Having The Ability to Understand , Interpret and Analyse The Decisions of Public<br />
Administration<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Turkish Language II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 0 2 1 1 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Erhan SOLMAZ<br />
Course Assistant -<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : esolmaz@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main goal of the course is to make all young people who have a degree of higher<br />
education comprehend the peculiarities of structure and mechanism of their mother<br />
tongue; to make them acquire the skill to use Turkish correctly and smartly as a means of<br />
oral and written expression in relation to language- thought link; to make Turkish<br />
dominant in instruction as a uniting and connective language and to bring young people<br />
up who has sense of mother tongue..<br />
The rhetoric information that includes the required rules to express ideas according to the<br />
aim perfectly is an important issue for each educated young person in every profession.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
2. Türk Dili ve Kompozisyon Bilgileri, <strong>Afyon</strong> Eğitim Sağlık ve Bilim Araştırma<br />
Vakfı Yayını, <strong>Afyon</strong> 2004<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
3. All resources involving Turkish Language and Composition Knowledges.<br />
4. Türkish Dictionary<br />
5. Turkish Speller etc.
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Incomprehensibilities<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Literary composition knowledge<br />
Writing literary composition<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Expression types in literary compositions<br />
Written Expression types I<br />
Written Expression types II<br />
Written Expression types III<br />
Written Expression types IV<br />
Narrative Texts<br />
Correspondences<br />
Types of Poetry<br />
Oral Expression and modes of articulation of Turkish<br />
Speeches before crowds<br />
Subjects
14<br />
Techniques of preparing academic scripts<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Preparing for life X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Gaining the skill of mother tongue use X<br />
Simplifying the second language learning X<br />
Strengthening social relations X<br />
Rousing the pleasure of art X<br />
Bringing in the commenting skill X<br />
Prepared by: Erhan SOLMAZ Date: 20.08.2009
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
History of Turkish Revolution & Principles of Atatürk II<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 2 0 2 2 1 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of the course is to examine The Kemalist thought system on scientific<br />
level which takes its source from the Revolution & Principles of Atatürk that are the<br />
basis and assurance of Turkish Republic.<br />
1. To inform students about the Proclamation of the Republic.<br />
2. To explain the effects of judicial and economic reforms on the development of<br />
the country<br />
3. To give realistic information about the Armenian Issue, Musul Issue and Hatay<br />
Issue;<br />
4. To explain the content of Revolution & Principles of Atatürk and their<br />
importance today<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Become informed about the Proclamation of the Republic.<br />
2. Learn the effects of judicial and economic reforms on the development of the<br />
country<br />
3. Become equipped with realistic information about the Armenian Issue, Musul<br />
Issue and Hatay Issue<br />
4. Comprehend the content of Revolution & Principles of Atatürk and their<br />
importance today
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
8. Turan, R., Safran M., Hayta N., Şahin M., Çakmak, M. A., Dönmez, C. (2006).<br />
Atatürk İlkeleri ve İnkılâp Tarihi, Gazi Kitabevi, Ankara.<br />
9. Demir, M., Şahin, E., Selvi, H. (2006), Atatürk İlkeleri ve İnkılâp Tarihi,<br />
Değişim Yayınları, İstanbul<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
4. Nutuk, M. Kemal Atatürk, Kültür Bk. 1980,<br />
5. Atatürk’ün Söylev ve Demeçleri, Ankara, 1945,<br />
6. Atatürkçülük ve Türkiye’nin Demokratikleşme Süreci, Preston Hughes, 1993.<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz x 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination x 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Mustafa Kemal and His Environment, Reform Movements in Political Area<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Proclamation of the Republic<br />
Attempts of party and multi-party administration system<br />
Reform Movements in the Field of Law<br />
the Constitution of 1921-1924<br />
Reform Movements in the Fields of Education and Culture<br />
Regulation of Social Life<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Development in Economical Area
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Economy in the Early Years of the Republic<br />
Foreign Policy in the period of Atatürk, Distribution of Population, Foreign Schools Issue, Iraq Border and<br />
Mosul Issue<br />
Foreign Policy, Our Entrance to United Nations, Balkan entente, Montro, Sodebot, Hatay Problem<br />
Armenian Issue<br />
Principles of M.Kemal Atatürk and Revolution of M.Kemal Atatürk and the Goals of Revolution<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Being well informed about the process of the Proclamation of the Republic x<br />
Being able to analyze the process of progression to multi-party system x<br />
Being informed about the effects of reforms on the development process of<br />
Turkey.<br />
Being able to express historical events to different fractions, in accordance with<br />
facts.<br />
Knowing the development process of Turkey in the fields of economy and<br />
legislation<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
Full<br />
Contrib<br />
ution<br />
x<br />
x<br />
x
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache ( Deutsch) II<br />
Semester<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
II 4 0 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung -<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Fachzwec<br />
k<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben<br />
und –<br />
eignungen für<br />
Fach<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie zukünftig<br />
arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
− Eine tägliche Tätigkeit erzählen<br />
− Im Geschäft einkaufen<br />
− Ein Ereignis in Vergangenheit erzählen<br />
− Eine Krankheit erzählen<br />
− Etwas mit einer anderen Sache oder jdn. mit einer anderen Person vergleichen<br />
Grundlehrbuch:<br />
1. Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher :<br />
1. Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4<br />
2. Studio d A I<br />
3. Deutsch für Ausländer I - 2<br />
4. Berliner Platz I - 2<br />
5. Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3<br />
6. Zimmer frei Herzlich willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie<br />
7. Ferner Casetten und CD’s von Lehrbüchern
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung X 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung X 25<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Semesterprüfung<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
X 50<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
1<br />
Allgemeine Wiederholung des ersten Semesters<br />
Präteritum - Konjugation von Verben “ haben und sein “<br />
Ein Stadtspaziergang<br />
2<br />
Präteritum – Formen von Modalverben und anderen Verben / früher und heute / sprechen über Ereignisse<br />
im Vergangenheit / Jahreszahlen<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Präteritum - Formen von Verben( II ), / eine Reise erzählen<br />
Perfekt mit haben und sein (I) / Aktivitäten in der Stadt / Stadtspaziergang durch Leipzig<br />
Perfekt mit haben und sein (II) / Treffpunkt Augustusplatz / einen Unfall erzählen<br />
Zeitformen (2) - Perfekt mit haben und sein ( III ) / Informationen über eine Stadt verstehen<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über Gebrauch von Pronomen ‘man ‘ / sprechen über Wetter<br />
Wiederholung von Themen im 6 Wochen und erste Zwischenprüfung (schriftlich)<br />
Ein Hotel in Salzburg / Arbeit und Freizeit / unterwegs nach Salzburg / Perfekt von Modalverben<br />
An der Rezeption / Reiseberichte / Zimmerreservierung / Verben auf -ieren<br />
Im Speisesaal / Personenbeschreibungen / mit + Dativ<br />
bestimmter, unbestimmter Artikel, Possesivartikel<br />
Projekt : Nürnberg – unsere Stadt / an, auf, in Akkusativ oder Dativ / Fragewort welch-<br />
Unterrichtsprojekte planen und durchführen / Strassen und Plätze in Nürnberg /<br />
Orientierung in der Stadt / Modalverben wollen, dürfen<br />
Wiederholung von gelehrten Themen zur Vorbereitung für Semesterprüfung
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Termin beim Arzt bekommen und eine Krankheit beschreiben X<br />
Eine Reise erzählen X<br />
Einkauf bei einem Geschäft X<br />
Bewerbung um eine Stelle X<br />
Lebenslaufschreiben ( CV ) X<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
II 4 0 4 3 3 Turkish Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Intensifying writing in Russian. Introducing yourself simply, asking their needs and<br />
answering, telling your needs to Russian people. Asking the time and replying. Speaking<br />
when shopping<br />
1. Learning the infection of nouns.<br />
2. Viewing the question given to adjectives.<br />
3. Full information about the plural forms of the nouns.<br />
4. Making negative sentences.<br />
5. Using verbs in present tenses.<br />
6. Understanding the compound sentence structures.<br />
7. Learning Prime numbers.<br />
8. Learning line numbers.<br />
1. Learns the infection of nouns.<br />
2. Views question given to adjective.<br />
3. Gets full information about the plural forms of the nouns.<br />
4. Makes negative sentences.<br />
5. Uses verbs in present tense.<br />
6. Understands compound sentence structures.<br />
7. Learns Prime numbers.<br />
8. Learns line numbers.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, Web sites
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Inflection form of the nouns.<br />
Russian male and female names and their inflections.<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
− Making Plural.<br />
− Special forms in plural nouns.<br />
− Names just used singular.<br />
− Names just used plural.<br />
− Gender suffix of Adjectives.<br />
− Descriptive adjective.<br />
− Question adjectives.<br />
− Interest adjectives<br />
− Possession adjectives.<br />
− Inflection of adjectives.<br />
− Prime numbers.<br />
− Line numbers.<br />
Talk<br />
7 − Asking time and replying<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Verbs<br />
− Kinds of Verbs<br />
Verbs<br />
− Inflection of verbs.<br />
− Changing of the verbs as per their kinds<br />
− Simple Continuous Tense<br />
− Past Tense<br />
− Future Tense<br />
− Compound future time<br />
− Simple Future time
13<br />
14<br />
Talk:<br />
− Shopping<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Making question sentences without problem, Using verbs in present cont. tense. X<br />
Using prime and line numbers. X<br />
Using verbs as per their kinds. X<br />
Prepared by : Aybeniz Mirishli Date : 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Reading and Speaking in Foreign Language<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course<br />
Learning Outs<br />
and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Improving the reading and comprehension skills of the students. Creating questions about<br />
the subjects and answering them. Making them give written summaries. Helping them<br />
improve themselves orally. Increasing their professional vocabulary capacity. Analyzing<br />
the sentence samples related to their fields.<br />
— Improving reading, comprehension and writing skills<br />
—Increasing their vocabulary<br />
—Being able to express themselves orally<br />
—Being able to talk fluently to foreign guests<br />
—Learning new information about tourism<br />
—Having information about the effective speaking techniques in foreign language<br />
It is expected that students will<br />
—improve reading, comprehension and writing skills.<br />
— increase their vocabulary.<br />
— be able to express themselves orally.<br />
—be able to talk fluently to foreign guests.<br />
—learn new information about tourism.<br />
—have information about the effective speaking techniques in foreign language.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Recommended Resources<br />
1. Velioğlu, A., Kandiller, B.,Tugay, N. (1997) Reader at Work I: comprehension<br />
texts and exercises for students of English as a foreign language , Ankara,<br />
ODTÜ,<br />
2. Velioğlu, A., Kandiller, B.,Tugay, N. (1997) Reader at Work II:<br />
comprehension texts and exercises for students of English as a foreign language ,<br />
Ankara, ODTÜ<br />
3. Kocaman, A (2000) Improve Your Vocabulary and Reading Skills, Ankara,<br />
Hacettepe Taş Yayınları.<br />
4. Peck J. and Coyle, M. (1999) The Student’s Guide to Writing, UK, Palgrave<br />
Macmillan<br />
5. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical lesson,<br />
Practicing on computer<br />
Questions & Answers<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week Subjects<br />
1 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Language Learning”<br />
2 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Learning to Read”<br />
3 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “The Consumer Society”<br />
4 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “A Holiday Brochure”<br />
5 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Hotel Work”<br />
6 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Guide to Good Eating”<br />
7<br />
MID–TERM EXAM<br />
8 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Food Additives”<br />
9 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Transportation in Turkey”<br />
10 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Travel Insurance”
11 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Travelers Tales”<br />
12 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “Space Travel”<br />
13 Vocabulary-Reading-Writing Exercises & “SPAS: Good or Bad ”<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Communicating effectively with foreign guests. X<br />
Reading and understanding the written documents about the working field such as<br />
letters, letters of application etc.<br />
Using effective speaking techniques in practice effectively. X<br />
Contribution to the lifelong learning X<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Scientific Research Methodologies<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 2 0 2 2 2 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is to give students the tools to conceptualize their theses in terms<br />
of research questions and design, methodology, data collection and qualitative analysis.<br />
To the students;<br />
24. Expressing the research process generally.<br />
25. Teaching how to get information through primary and secondary resources.<br />
26. Giving information about the tests used in data analysis.<br />
27. Developing the ability to distinguish qualitative and quantitative research.<br />
28. Teaching the process of doing a sample field research.<br />
29. Developing the ability to present a research as a report.<br />
By the end of this course, students will be able to:<br />
1. Express the research process generally.<br />
2. Have information about how to get information through primary and secondary<br />
resources.<br />
3. Have information about the tests used in data analysis.<br />
4. Develop the ability to distinguish qualitative and quantitative research.<br />
5. Recognize the process of doing a sample field research.<br />
6. Have the ability to present a research as a report.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Arıkan, R., (2005): “Araştırma Teknikleri ve Rapor Hazırlama”, 5. Baskı, Asil<br />
Yayın Dağıtım A.Ş., Ankara.<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
1. Dinler, Z., (2004): “Bilimsel Araştırma ve e-Kaynaklar”, Ekin Kitapevi<br />
Yayınları, Bursa<br />
2. Karasar, N., (1995): “Bilimsel Araştırma Yöntemi: Kavramlar, İlkeler,<br />
Teknikler”, 3A Araştırma Eğitim Danışmanlık Ltd. 6. Baskı, Ankara.<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
1 Understanding the basic notions of research<br />
2 Issues in interpreting research<br />
3<br />
Subjects<br />
Reliability, Validity, and Inter observer Agreement in a Research<br />
4 Statistical Concepts & Sampling Procedures<br />
5 Experimental Designs of Researches<br />
6 Causal-Comparative Research<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Correlational Research<br />
9 Qualitative Research
10 Single Subject Designs of a Research<br />
11<br />
Survey Research, Historical Research, & Program Evaluation<br />
12 Techniques of preparing a report<br />
13 Presentation of the research as a report<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Explain the importance of thinking critically about research X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Describe the scientific method; X<br />
Explain the difference in how science is conducted when using inductive or<br />
deductive logic;<br />
Describe the different scales of measurement; X<br />
Describe, define, recognize and give examples of dependent and independent<br />
variables;<br />
Describe the different methods of sampling; X<br />
Describe the characteristics of qualitative research and indicate how qualitative<br />
research differs from quantitative research.<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Accountancy of the Accommodation Companies<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 3 0 3 3 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Making the students gain the basic abilities for accountancy appliance in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
30. Supplying information about basic financial charts.<br />
31. Capability of doing financial analysis and commenting<br />
32. Teaching the account plan of accommodation companies.<br />
33. Supplying information about budget of companies.<br />
32. He/she supply information about basic financial charts<br />
33. He/she can do financial analysis and commenting<br />
34. He/she learns the account plan of accommodation companies<br />
35. He/she supply information about budget of companies.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Azaltun, Murat ve Kaya, Ergün “Konaklama İşletmelerinde Muhasebe<br />
Uygulamaları” Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara, 2004.<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
1. Çetiner, Ertuğrul “Konaklama İşletmelerinde Muhasebe Uygulamaları” Gazi Büro<br />
Kitabevi, Ankara, 2002.<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Accommodation companies and account system<br />
Description of accountancy<br />
Legal arrangement which gives direction to appliances of accountancy<br />
Basic notions which gives direction to appliances of accountancy<br />
Process of accountancy<br />
Accountancy department in accommodation companies<br />
Organization structure in accountancy companies and accountancy department<br />
2 The relationship between the accountancy and the other department<br />
The process of accountancy department<br />
Description of the employee’s duty in accountancy department<br />
Accountancy of income and tax revenue<br />
3<br />
Accountancy process according to type of income<br />
Accountancy process according to type of tax revenue<br />
Accountancy process with foreign cash<br />
Accountancy of payments and outcome of equipments<br />
4 Movements of equipments<br />
Accountancy of payments<br />
Accountancy of workers’ outcome<br />
5<br />
Description of fee and the fee systems in accommodation companies<br />
Necessary cutting of fee<br />
Calculation of fee and its accountancy<br />
Accountancy of processes about the lingering objects<br />
6<br />
Activation of lingering objects<br />
Accountancy of outcome about the lingering objects<br />
Valuation of the lingering objects<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Accountancy of processes about the lingering objects<br />
Amortization processes of lingering objects.<br />
Reevaluation in lingering objects<br />
Some special situation about the lingering objects<br />
Using foreign resources and their accountancy<br />
Classification of foreign resources<br />
Accountancy of debt finance<br />
Accountancy of the bank credit<br />
Accountancy of commercial debts
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Accountancy of bond debt<br />
Processes of end of term inventory<br />
Processes of the end of term<br />
Appliance<br />
Financial reports<br />
Aims and features of financial reports<br />
Preparing the balance sheet<br />
Preparing income table<br />
Adding financial tables<br />
Accountancy of changing in foundation and cash<br />
Commercial companies<br />
Processes of personnel companies and their accountancy<br />
Processes of cash companies and accountancy<br />
Delivery of income-loss and their accountancy<br />
Processes of income delivery in personal companies<br />
Processes of income delivery in cash companies<br />
Table of the income delivery<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Providing information about the basic financial tables X<br />
Doing financial analysis and making comments. X<br />
Learning the account plan of accommodation companies. X<br />
Providing information about business budget. X<br />
Prepared by : Date :
Course Code and Name:<br />
Front Office Management I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM NAD HOTEL MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 2 1 3 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay Emir<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail : oemir@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this course is to provide students with a comprehension of the function, the<br />
importance and the management of reception department in accommodation companies.<br />
1. Providing general information about accommodation companies<br />
2. Teaching the students reception and reception management notions.<br />
3. Teaching organization of the reception department.<br />
4. Teaching the scope and content of reception service in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
5. Giving information about the types of rooms and techniques of selling rooms in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
6. Showing the register processes and reception of guests.<br />
7. Teaching the registration of customer accounts.<br />
1. He/she has general information about accommodation companies.<br />
2. He/she learns the reception and reception management notions.<br />
3. He/she learns the organization of the reception department.<br />
4. He /she learns the scope and content of reception service in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
5. He/she has information about the types of rooms and techniques of selling rooms<br />
in accommodation companies.<br />
6. He/she learns the register processes and reception of guests.<br />
7. He/she learns the registration of customer accounts.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbooks:<br />
1. Şener, B. (2006), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro Yönetimi, Ankara, Detay<br />
Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.<br />
Recommended Resources:<br />
10. Eraslan, N. (2004), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro İşlemleri ve Yönetimi,<br />
Ankara, Detay Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.<br />
11. Gökdeniz, A. ve Dinç, Y. (2007), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro<br />
Operasyonları ve Yönetimi (Örnek Önbüro Modülleri), Ankara, Detay Anatolia<br />
Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Industry of Accommodation<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
─ Accommodation Notion<br />
─ Historical development of accommodation companies<br />
Classification of accommodation companies.<br />
2<br />
─ Actual accommodation companies<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
─ Assistant accommodation companies<br />
Description of hotel company and explaining the features of hotel companies<br />
Classification of hotel companies<br />
Overview to reception departments in accommodation companies<br />
─ Place and importance of reception<br />
─ Explanations of basic and occupational features of the staff in accommodation companies.<br />
Features of the staff in accommodation companies.<br />
Explanation of duties and responsibilities of the staff.<br />
Staff Notion in reception department<br />
Planning of labor force in reception department.<br />
Designation of labor in reception department<br />
Explanation of labor analysis process in reception department.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
The process of staff choice, engagement and familiarization.<br />
Valuation of labor and staff in reception department.<br />
Valuation of success, pricing and conferment.
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Work change and dismissing in reception department.<br />
The systems which are used in reception department<br />
─ Manual system<br />
─ Mechanic system<br />
- Rack notion in mechanic system<br />
─ Overview to computerized system.<br />
The systems used in reception department<br />
─ Usage area of computers in reception department.<br />
─ Modules and computerized system in reception department.<br />
- Reservation module<br />
- Reception module<br />
- Front cash module<br />
─ Other areas in which computers are used<br />
Working hours in reception department<br />
─ morning shift committed processes<br />
─ evening shift and committed processes<br />
─ night shift and committed processes<br />
Forecasting about room-fullness in reception department<br />
Types of reservation arrival in reception department<br />
Types of reservation in reception department<br />
Acceptance and confirmation of reservation in reception department<br />
Change and cancellation of reservation<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Capability of recognizing and interpretation of the accommodation companies and<br />
tourism sector.<br />
Capability of working in reception department.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Capability of effective communication with customers X<br />
Capability of forecasting the demands of the customers and providing satisfaction. X<br />
Capability of developing strategies which increase sale by following the fullness<br />
proportion in accommodation companies.<br />
Capability of describing, commenting and solving the problems about reception. X<br />
Capability of following and actualization of processes of customers’ account. X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
8 Capability of providing the security of the customer. X<br />
9<br />
Capability of using the required techniques, abilities and tools for reception<br />
appliances.<br />
10 Capability of representing the company as possible. X<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay EMİR Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Housekeeping Management I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 2 1 3 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof.Dr. Oktay Emir<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : oemir@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Give general information about housekeeping services, Give guidance to students about<br />
how cleaning activities in housekeeping services performed more effectively under<br />
administration.<br />
1. To provide information about the concept and scope of housekeeping services;<br />
2. To provide information on the creation of quality standards in housekeeping service<br />
department<br />
3. Make the students grasp the importance of housekeeping services management in<br />
accommodation business<br />
4. Teach role of the elements of cleanliness, hygiene, sanitation and decoration on<br />
customer satisfaction<br />
5. Describe the impact of activities conducted in housekeeping services to sales and<br />
sales strategy.<br />
1. Provides basic information about the concept and scope of housekeeping services.<br />
2. Provides information about creation of quality standards in housekeeping services<br />
department.<br />
3. Makes the students to grasp the importance of housekeeping services in<br />
accommodation business.<br />
4. Teaches roles of cleanliness, hygiene, sanitation and decoration on customer<br />
satisfaction.<br />
5. Teaches the effects of the activities conducted in housekeeping services on sales and<br />
sales strategy.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Seymen, O.A. ve Gül, M.K. (2004), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Çağdaş Kat<br />
Hizmetleri Yönetimi, Ankara, Detay Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd.Şti.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Kozak, M.A (2006), Otel İşletmelerinde Kat Hizmetleri Yönetimi, Ankara, Detay<br />
Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd.Şti.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoretical expression, Questions and Answers<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Conceptual Analysis of<br />
Subjects<br />
− Meaning and Importance of Housekeeping Management<br />
− Areas which dealt with Housekeeping Management<br />
1 Analysis of Housekeeping Management with its Main Lines<br />
− Meaning, Importance, Scope, Working Principles of Housekeeping Management in Accommodation<br />
Business<br />
− The importance and the place of Housekeeping Management in Accommodation Business<br />
Planning Process of Housekeeping Management<br />
− Creating Service Quality standards on Housekeeping<br />
2 − Determine Unit’s, who are working in Housekeeping, Mission Responsibilities<br />
− Establish Cleaning and maintenance programs<br />
− Creating Efficiency Standards for Housekeeping employees<br />
Planning Process of Housekeeping Management<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Determination of equipments, Material Types and Quantities in Housekeeping Department<br />
Planning of Budget and Budget Control in Housekeeping<br />
− Application Study in Housekeeping Department for Introducing Activities<br />
Organization Process in Housekeeping Management<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Determination of Duties and Responsibilities in Housekeeping<br />
Creating Organization Chart in Housekeeping<br />
− Introducing Duties and Responsibilities of Staff who are working in Housekeeping Department<br />
Analysis of Internal Affairs in Housekeeping Department<br />
5 Oriented Study on Cleaning Customer Room<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Analyzing Intergovernmental Relations in Housekeeping Department<br />
− Relations with Senior Management<br />
− Relations with Front Office Department<br />
− Relations with Accounting Department<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
− Relations with Technical Services Division<br />
Analyzing Intergovernmental Relations in Housekeeping Department<br />
− Relations with the Department of Purchase<br />
− Relations with the Security Department
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Relations with the Department of Dining<br />
− Relations with Marketing Department<br />
Analyzing Intergovernmental Relations in Housekeeping Department<br />
− Relations with Department of Human Resources<br />
− Relations with the Department of Recreation Activities<br />
Oriented study for providing relations between Intergovernmental Departments<br />
Control Process in the Housekeeping Services Management<br />
− Control Process Steps in Housekeeping<br />
− Job Control in Housekeeping<br />
− Budget Control in Housekeeping<br />
Control Process in the Housekeeping Services Management<br />
− Control the Purchase Process in Housekeeping<br />
− Storage and Stock Control in Housekeeping<br />
− Labor Costs Control in Housekeeping<br />
− Performance Control in Housekeeping<br />
Programming Jobs in Housekeeping Services Management<br />
Application about Cleaning Public Areas in Housekeeping Services Management<br />
Application about Cleaning Wooden Surfaces in Housekeeping Services Department<br />
Application about Cleaning Glass Surfaces in Housekeeping Services Department<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to determine the scope of activities in Housekeeping Services in<br />
Accommodation business<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability to design business processes in Housekeeping services x<br />
The ability to work as Housekeeping Services manager in Accommodation<br />
business<br />
Ability to solve problems in Housekeeping services x<br />
x<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Professional and ethical responsibility x<br />
To make room design and decoration with international standards x<br />
To determine rules of hygiene and sanitation in Accommodation business x<br />
Ability to use techniques, capabilities and tools required for Housekeeping<br />
Services’ applications<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay EMİR Date: 20.08.2009<br />
x<br />
x
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Automation Systems in Hospitality Enterprises I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 3 1 4 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn and practice the appropriate<br />
automation systems and softwares, especially designed for booking, check-in, check-out<br />
procedures and keeping customers’ accounts and records, used in hospitality<br />
establishments.<br />
This course offers systematic practice of softwares and computer systems used in tourism,<br />
travel and hospitality management. It enables students to understand and use these systems<br />
in hospitality enterprises during their work placements and then through their working life<br />
after graduation.<br />
It is expected that students will learn and practice special softwares for hospitality<br />
operations effectively.
Course Basic and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
12. Türksoy, A. (1998) Ağırlama Endüstrisinde Bilgisayar Sistemleri, Turhan<br />
Kitabevi, Ankara.<br />
13. Braham, B. (1995) Otel ve Mutfak Endüstrisinde Bilgisayar Sistemleri, Cassel<br />
Educational Ltd., MEB yayınları: 2923, Ankara.<br />
14. Batman, O., Zengin, B., Demirkol, Ş., Çayır, C., Demirtaş, N., Yıldırgan, R.<br />
(2001) Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro Yönetimi ve Önbüro Otomasyon<br />
Sistemleri, Ed. Zengin, B., Değişim Yayınları, Adapazarı.<br />
15. Fidelio, Sentez ve çeşitli yazılım kullanım kılavuzları<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Hands-on practices<br />
Questions & Answers<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Computer use and its importance in Tourism industry<br />
The basic reasons why computer systems are used in Tourism industry<br />
The areas where computer systems are used in Tourism industry<br />
The restrictions in computer use in Tourism industry<br />
Reservation Management Systems<br />
2 Historical development process of computer reservation systems<br />
Central Reservation Systems (CRS) and its process<br />
Reservation systems in hospitality enterprises<br />
Room Management System<br />
3 Customer Account Recording Systems<br />
Accounting Procedures<br />
Invoicing, and Check-out procedures<br />
Hospitality Management System<br />
Point of Sales Systems (POS) and its process<br />
4<br />
Customer follow-up systems<br />
Telephone and Security systems<br />
Electronic locking, Energy Management systems<br />
Auxiliary Services<br />
Food & Beverage Management Systems<br />
5<br />
Computer use in Food & Beverage Management services<br />
ECR Systems (Hardware and Software)<br />
Other computer applications
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Menu Management<br />
Yield Management<br />
Beverage Distribution and Control systems<br />
Food Control Systems<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Accounting Management Systems<br />
Computer use in Accounting<br />
Revenue Management and Accounts receivables follow-up systems<br />
Payroll Systems<br />
Financial management<br />
9 Individual and institutional reservation and sales systems through internet<br />
10 Research and Practice, Various Software logics<br />
11 Research and Practice, Various Software logics<br />
12 Research and Practice, Various Software logics<br />
13 Research and Practice, Various Software logics<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution<br />
Understanding the importance of automation systems in hospitality enterprises. X<br />
Comprehending the usage areas of computers systems in hospitality enterprises<br />
and their functions and importance for the departments.<br />
Ability to conduct research on computer systems used in the sector and prepare a<br />
presentation.<br />
Understanding the basic logics of different hospitality automation softwares. X<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to automation systems. X<br />
Ability to be able to understand and use international hospitality automation<br />
softwares in English<br />
Ability to face problems in automation systems effectively and solve it in a<br />
positive manner to maintain customer satisfaction<br />
Prepared by : Asist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Food and Beverage Management<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Students receive an overview of food and beverage operations and management. Topics<br />
include careers, equipment layout and décor, menu planning, management development,<br />
customer service, purchasing, receiving, and storage.<br />
To the students;<br />
1. Explaining the basic notions about catering firms.<br />
2. Teaching the notions about management and management functions at food and<br />
beverages firms.<br />
3. Giving information about food and beverage firm organizational structure and<br />
job definition.<br />
4. Making them realize the importance and teaching hygiene and sanitation<br />
practices at food and beverage firms.<br />
5. Teaching the notion of nutrition and nutritional concepts, and making them<br />
realize the importance of knowing these concepts at food and beverage firms.<br />
6. Teaching menu and menu contents, and preparing them.<br />
By the end of this term students will be able to:<br />
1. Have the knowledge of explaining the basic notions about catering firms.<br />
2. Have the information of food and beverage firm organization and the jobs in this<br />
organization and explain them.<br />
3. Have the ability to make personnel apply hygiene and sanitation practices at food<br />
and beverage firms.<br />
4. Recognize and express the notion of nutrition and nutritional concepts, and<br />
realize the importance of these concepts and at food and beverage firms.<br />
5. Have the information about menu and menu contents, and prepare and teach<br />
them.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Suggested resources :<br />
16. Aktaş, A. ( 2001)Yiyecek ve İçecek Yönetimi. Antalya: Livane Matbaası<br />
17. Türksoy, A. (1997) Yiyecek İçecek Hizmetleri Yönetimi. Akara: Turhan<br />
Kitapevi<br />
18. Sökmen, A. ( 2003) Yiyecek ve İçecek Yönetimi. Ankara: Detay Yayıncılık<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
The levels of management and the various production and service positions in a<br />
food and beverage operation.<br />
Professional Guest Services<br />
Cultural Influences in Food<br />
Food Preparation (Practical)<br />
Food, Beverage and Labour Cost Control<br />
3 Trends and Issues in Tourism<br />
4 Sanitation<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
The Craft and Skills of a Bartender<br />
Beverage Sensory Development and Theory<br />
Gastronomic Principles<br />
Hospitality Accounting<br />
Restaurant Marketing Leadership<br />
Restaurant Dining Room Operations and Principles<br />
Dining Room Theory<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Preparation<br />
Speaking with Confidence
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Financial Management<br />
Menu Management<br />
Human Resources Management<br />
Marketing in terms of providing guest pleasing service and the elements and importance of feasibility<br />
studies, marketing importance of feasibility studies, marketing research, and marketing plans.<br />
Business Communications<br />
The Art of Eating and Dining<br />
Leadership and Group ‘Dynamix’<br />
Restaurant Externship Capstone Project<br />
Independent Restaurant Applied Service Management/Externship<br />
Liability Risk Management and Guests Services<br />
Elevating the Service Experience<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Having the information about the notions of food-beverage companies.<br />
The capability of recognizing and explaining the organization and organizational<br />
duties in food and beverage companies.<br />
Having the information and the ability to make personnel apply hygiene and<br />
sanitation practices at food and beverage firms.<br />
Recognizing and expressing the notion of nutrition and nutritional concepts, and<br />
realizing the importance of these concepts and at food and beverage firms.<br />
Having the information about how to prepare a menu and types of menu and the<br />
ability to teach them.<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Tourism Economy<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Accommodation Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 3 0 3 3 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
It provides the postgraduates of Tourism and Hotel Management with a comprehension<br />
of the economical effects of tourism sector on general economy.<br />
It provides the students with:<br />
1. Information about the general structure of tourism sector<br />
2. Comprehension of tourism supply and its general characteristics<br />
3. Comprehension of tourism demand and its general characteristics<br />
4. Comprehension of the financial and real economical effects of tourism<br />
5. Comprehension of price formation in tourism sector and types of market<br />
6. Information about the factors effecting the balance in tourism sector<br />
Students :<br />
1. Explain the general structure of tourism sector<br />
2. Know the elements which engender supply and demand and explain the general<br />
characteristics of supply and demand<br />
3. Know and explain the financial and real economical effects of tourism<br />
4. Explain price formation in tourism sector and types of market<br />
5. Know the factors effecting the balance in tourism sector and analyze their effects<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
2. Olalı, H. ve Timur, A. (1988), Turizm Ekonomisi, İzmir, Ofis Matbaacılık Şti.<br />
Suggested Sources:<br />
19. Lundberg, D.E., Krishnamoorthy, M. ve Stavenga, M.H. (1995), Tourism<br />
Economics, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.<br />
20. İçöz, O. Ve Kozak, M. (2002), Turizm Ekonomisi, Ankara, Turhan Kitabevi<br />
21. Yağcı, Ö. (2003), Turizm Ekonomisi, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
Theoretical expression, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
General Approach to Tourism<br />
Subjects<br />
− Tourism and Tourism Science<br />
1 − Tourism and the Description of the Tourist<br />
− Development of Tourism and the Reasons for its development<br />
− Classification of Tourism<br />
Tourism Supply and Analysis of the Supply<br />
2 − Description of Tourism Supply<br />
− Classification of Touristic Supply Data<br />
Tourism Supply and Analysis of the Supply<br />
3 − The Function of Touristic Supply<br />
− Features of Tourism Supply , Analysis of Tourism Supply and Analysis Methods<br />
Tourism Demand<br />
4 − Description of Tourism Demand and its Features<br />
− The Factors Effecting Tourism Demand<br />
Tourism Demand<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The Function of Touristic Demand<br />
Theoretical Explanation of The Methods in Connection with Estimation and Planning of Touristic<br />
Demand<br />
The Monetary Economical Effects of Tourism<br />
6 − The Effect of Tourism on Balance of International Payments<br />
− The Income Effect of Tourism<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
7<br />
The Monetary Economical Effects of Tourism<br />
8 − The Effect of Tourism on Internal Prices<br />
− The Effect of Tourism on State Incomes<br />
The Real Economical Effects of Tourism<br />
9<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The Effect of Tourism on Employment<br />
The Effect of Tourism on Sectors<br />
− The Infrastructure Effect of Tourism<br />
Price Formation in Tourism Sector<br />
10 − Equilibrium Price in Tourism Sector<br />
− Types of Market in Tourism Sector
− Price Formation within the Sector<br />
The Factors Effecting The Balance in Tourism Sector<br />
11<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Economic Distress in Tourism Sector<br />
Cash Items<br />
− Having Real Characteristics<br />
The Factors Effecting The Balance in Tourism Sector<br />
12 − Inflation Problem in Tourism Sector<br />
− Effect of Money Operations on Tourism<br />
The Factors Effecting The Balance in Tourism Sector<br />
13 − Effect of International Crises on Tourism<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability of identification and interpretation of tourism sector x<br />
The ability of designing a system, a part or a process to fulfill the requirements x<br />
The ability of working in interdisciplinary teams x<br />
The ability of describing, formulating and solving tourism-related problems x<br />
Consciousness of vocational and ethical responsibility x<br />
The ability of active communication ( in Turkish and English) x<br />
Knowledge about modern problems x<br />
8 Consciousness of necessity of lifelong learning x<br />
9<br />
10<br />
The ability of using techniques, capabilities and tools necessary for tourism<br />
practices<br />
To bring up graduates who know the place, effect and role of tourism sector in<br />
general economy<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK Date: 20.08.2009<br />
x<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
x
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) III<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn the appropriate vocational English<br />
required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables the students<br />
to understand and respond in English to an international clientele and staff in hotels,<br />
restaurants and kitchens.<br />
It is expected that students will speak effectively, adjusting for audience, purpose, and<br />
situation.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
22. Majure, R., vd. (1992) English for Food&Beverage Service Staff, Ministry of<br />
Tourism and ILO, Ministry of Tourism Publications, Ankara, Turkey.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
2. Sarah R. Labensky and Alan M. Hause (1999) On Cooking: A Textbook of<br />
Culinary Fundamentals, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA.<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
a. Handling cash<br />
b. The mini bar<br />
c. A continental breakfast<br />
d. Ordering beef and veal<br />
e. Two whiskies on the Rocks<br />
f. A birthday party<br />
g. Diner for two<br />
h. Ordering lamb and mutton<br />
i. The ice machine<br />
j. Ordering pork<br />
k. Fresh lemonade and a Fruit basket<br />
l. A pot of coffee and four cups<br />
m. The French/English Menu<br />
n. Cheese and Bread<br />
o. Appetizers for five<br />
p. Green Pea Soup<br />
q. Rice, Pasta and Curry Dishes<br />
r. Omelets, Soufflés and Crepes<br />
s. More Turkish dishes<br />
t. Salad and dressing<br />
u. Chinese shrimps with pineapple<br />
v. Vegetable dishes<br />
w. Fried chicken and French fries<br />
x. Ordering breakfast by phone<br />
y. Ordering desserts<br />
z. Food safety and sanitation<br />
aa. Nutrition<br />
bb. Recipes and menus<br />
cc. Kitchen tools and equipment<br />
dd. Kitchen staples<br />
ee. Dairy products<br />
ff. Principles of cooking<br />
gg. Stocks and sauces<br />
Subjects
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
hh. Soups<br />
ii. Principles of meat cookery<br />
jj. Beef, veal, lamb, pork, poultry, game<br />
kk. Fish and shellfish<br />
ll. Eggs<br />
mm. Fruit and vegetables<br />
nn. Potatoes, grains, pasta, sandwiches, Hors D’oeuvre and canapés<br />
oo. Baking<br />
pp. Desserts<br />
qq. Presentation<br />
rr. Measurement and conversion charts<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors and staff in working environment at food and beverage enterprises and<br />
kitchens.<br />
Ability to speak English fluently while interacting with foreign visitors and staff in<br />
working environment at food and beverage enterprises and kitchens.<br />
Ability to write and take notes in English effectively while interacting with foreign<br />
visitors and staff in working environment at food and beverage enterprises and<br />
kitchens.<br />
Understanding how to write letters, faxes and emails effectively during hospitality<br />
and food and beverage and kitchen operations.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism, hospitality, food,<br />
beverage and kitchen operations.<br />
Ability to be able to understand and use hospitality, food, beverage and kitchen<br />
automation softwares in English<br />
Ability to face customer problems effectively and solve it in a positive manner to<br />
maintain customer satisfaction<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache ( Deutsch) III<br />
Semester<br />
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
III 4 0 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben und –<br />
eignungen für Fach<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie<br />
zukünftig arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
- sich selbst und andere vorstellen<br />
- jemanden nach Beruf fragen und eigenen Beruf sagen<br />
- jemanden nach Abfahrt und Ankunft von einem Bus fragen und antworten<br />
- jemanden fragen wo er wohnt und arbeitet<br />
- jemanden fragen, woher er kommt und wohin er fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Anschrift eines Hotels fragen<br />
- jemanden fragen ,wie man in ein Hotel fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Preis von etwas fragen und darauf antworten<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer<br />
I - 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich<br />
willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von<br />
Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Semesterprüfung<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
x 50<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über Adjektivdeklination und den Gebrauch von Fragewort ‘ welcher usw.<br />
1 ‘ / sprechen über Farben und Größen<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über Adjektiv komparation sowie Komparativ und Superlativ - /<br />
sprechen über Kleider<br />
Zeitformen (3) Beispiele und Übungen über Gleichheit und Unterschied zwischen Perfekt und<br />
Plusquamperfekt - zweite Zwischenprüfung (mündlich)<br />
Beispiele und Übungen über Vergleichsätze sowie ‘’ so … wie …. , …. als …. , je …. , desto<br />
……‘’ / ein Kleid beim Geschäft kaufen<br />
Im Atelier für Mode und Design / Kleidung einkaufen / Farben, Größen<br />
den Menschenkörper und die Krankendheiten vorstellen / ein Rezept verstehen und erklären /<br />
Inseratschilder und Arztvisitenkarten erklären<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
Im Lebkuchenhaus / Projekte präsentieren / Stadt und Land / argumentieren und<br />
vergleichen / Komparativ / aus, bei, von, zu + Dativ<br />
Stadt- und Landleben / Pendeln und wie? / Arbeiten in Basel / Basel international<br />
Personalpronomen : Dativ<br />
Verkehrsmittel / in der Arbeitswelt / Komparativ und Superlativ (2)<br />
Nationalitäten und Sprachen / Zeitungsnachrichten / aus der Basler Zeitung<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )<br />
Vergleichsätze ( 2 ) : so … wie … , ….. als ….. und je ….. , desto …… .<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / Vorbereitung auf Prüfung am Ende von Wintersemester<br />
(Finalprüfung )
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Zimmerreservierung x<br />
Orientierung in der Stadt x<br />
Projekte präsentieren x<br />
Kleidung einkaufen x<br />
Waren, Pesonen ,Hotels und Länder vergleichen x<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) III<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
III 4 0 4 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Intensifying Russian grammar. Meeting Russian culture.<br />
1. Introduction to tenses.<br />
2. Using Adjectives and verbs.<br />
3. Learning location and aim prepositions.<br />
4. Using conjunctions.<br />
5. Meeting Russian culture and learning information about Russia<br />
1. Begins tenses.<br />
2. Uses Adjectives and verbs.<br />
3. Learns location and aim prepositions.<br />
4. Use conjunctions.<br />
5. Meets Russian culture and learns information about Russia<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
− Imperative.<br />
− Subjection<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
− Roof of verbs.<br />
− Reflexive Verbs<br />
--------<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Adjective Verbs:<br />
4 − Making adjective verbs.<br />
− Using adjective verbs.<br />
Adverbial Verbs:<br />
5 − Making and using adverbial verbs.<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Prepositions:<br />
− Propositions telling location.<br />
− Propositions telling aim.<br />
− Form of Propositions.<br />
----------<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Propositions introducing connected sentences.<br />
Conjunctions.<br />
Subjects<br />
Days.<br />
Months.<br />
Seasons.<br />
General information about Russian, Russian culture and capital city.
13<br />
14<br />
Education in Russia, leading universities and science places.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Using verbs Making adjective verbs and adverbial verbs. Using Conjunctions. X<br />
Getting info about Russia. X<br />
Prepared by: Aybeniz Mirishli Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
Course Code and Name:<br />
Organizational Behavior in Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : ahmetbaytok@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Makes Tourism and Hospitality Management students be informed about main topics<br />
which are in the scope of organizational behavior.<br />
1. Makes students be aware of academic basis of organizational behavior.<br />
2. Makes students be informed about organizational behavior subjects.<br />
3. Makes students be informed about solution propositions about issues related with<br />
organizational behavior in tourism enterprises<br />
1. Explains the notion of organizational behavior and topics related and their<br />
importance<br />
2. Evaluates tourism enterprises in the scope of issues related with organizational<br />
behavior<br />
3. Offers solutions for probable problems to occur in tourism enterprises<br />
Course textbook:<br />
4. Özkalp, E. ve Kırel, Ç. 2001, Örgütsel Davranış, ETAM A.Ş., Eskişehir<br />
1. Kreitner, R. ve Kinicki, A. 1998 Organizational Behavior, 4. Ed., McGraw-Hill.<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
2. Eren, E. 2000, Örgütsel Davranış ve Yönetim Psikolojisi, 6.B., Beta Basım<br />
Yayım A.Ş., İstanbul.<br />
3. Erdoğan, İ. 1983, İşletmelerde Davranış, İstanbul <strong>Üniversitesi</strong> Yayın No: 3077,<br />
EvrimOfset, İstanbul.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
1. Quiz x 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Introduction to Organizational behavior and academic basis of organizational behavior<br />
─ Behavior sciences<br />
─ Generalizations about behavior<br />
─ Who is a manager and what does s/he do?<br />
Techniques for researching organizational behavior<br />
2<br />
─ Evaluation of research<br />
─ Method in organizational behavior science<br />
─ Planning research, data collecting and its techniques and evaluation<br />
Individual and personality in organization<br />
─ The nature of personality and importance of it in business life<br />
3<br />
─ The factors affecting the formation of personality<br />
─ Harmony of job and personality<br />
─ Individual and personality in tourism enterprises<br />
Attitudes and job satisfaction<br />
4<br />
─ Components of attitude<br />
─ attitudes related with job and job satisfaction<br />
─ Attitude and job satisfaction in tourism enterprises<br />
The basis of individual differences; characteristics, skills and learning<br />
─ Demographic characteristics<br />
5<br />
─ Skills<br />
─ How humans learn<br />
─ Shaping behavior<br />
─ Sample practices in tourism enterprises<br />
Group and group processes in organizations<br />
─ The notion of group and its importance in organizations<br />
6<br />
─ Group types<br />
─ Managing groups in organization<br />
─ Groups in tourism enterprises and managing them<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
8 ─ The notion of motivation<br />
Motivation processes and theories in organizations<br />
─ The process of motivation<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
─ Theories for motivation<br />
─ motivation practices in tourism enterprises<br />
Conflicts in organizations<br />
─ the notion of conflict<br />
─ Understanding conflict process<br />
─ reasons of conflict<br />
─ Conflict matters in tourism enterprises and solution offers<br />
Organizational stress and managing it<br />
─ sources of organizational stress<br />
─ managing organizational stress<br />
─ Precautions to be taken to prevent stress<br />
─ stress management in tourism enterprises<br />
Organizational environment and technology<br />
─ Organizational environment and factors forming it<br />
─ Reactions that organizations show to their environments<br />
─ Technology and organization<br />
─ Environment and technology relation of tourism enterprises<br />
Organizational change<br />
─ Reasons of change<br />
─ ways to overcome the resistance to change<br />
─ planned organizational changing process<br />
─ organizational change in tourism enterprises<br />
Developing organization<br />
─ The notion of organization development and approaches<br />
─ techniques of organization development process<br />
─ organization development and its process in tourism enterprises<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to recognize and interpret tourism sector X<br />
The ability to design a system, part or process in a way to meet the requirements X<br />
The ability to work in interdisciplinary teams X<br />
The ability to define, formulize and solve problems related with tourism X<br />
Consciousness of vocational and ethical responsibility X<br />
The ability to communicate efficiently (Turkish and English) X
7<br />
Information about the problems of the times X<br />
8 The awareness of necessity of life long learning X<br />
9<br />
The ability of realization of organization and individual behaviors in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Front Office Management II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 1 3 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Oktay EMIR<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is to make the students learn the importance and management of<br />
front office section and learn the mechanism of the section<br />
1. To provide students with general information about hospitality enterprises<br />
2. To make students learn the notions of front office and front office section<br />
3. To teach organization of front office sections in hospitality enterprises<br />
4. To teach the scope and content of front office services in hospitality enterprises<br />
5. To give information about room types and techniques about how to sell rooms<br />
6. To show guest reception and registration processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
7. To teach how to keep client accounts<br />
8. Guidance regarding providing customer safety<br />
1. Provides students with general information about hospitality enterprises<br />
2. Makes students learn the notions of front office and front office section<br />
3. Teaches organization of front office sections in hospitality enterprises<br />
4. Teaches the scope and content of front office services in hospitality enterprises<br />
5. Gives information about room types and techniques about how to sell rooms<br />
6. Teaches guest reception and registration processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
7. Teaches how to keep client accounts<br />
8. Guides regarding providing customer safety<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
3. Şener, B. (2006), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro Yönetimi, Ankara, Detay<br />
Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
23. Eraslan, N. (2004), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro İşlemleri ve Yönetimi,<br />
Ankara, Detay Anatolia Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.<br />
24. Gökdeniz, A. ve Dinç, Y. (2007), Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro<br />
Operasyonları ve Yönetimi (Örnek Önbüro Modülleri), Ankara, Detay Anatolia<br />
Akademik Yayıncılık Ltd. Şti.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Reception section processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
1 Consierge section processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Switchboard section processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
Front cash section processes in hospitality enterprises<br />
Explanation of room types in Hospitality enterprises<br />
Room sales in hospitality enterprises<br />
─ phases of room selling<br />
─ room selling techniques<br />
─ procedures to be followed in room sales<br />
─ the ways to increase room sale<br />
Relations between personnel and guest in front office part<br />
─ Relations through reservation process<br />
─ Relations in reception process<br />
─ Relations through the period of accommodation of guest<br />
Practically displaying guest- personnel relations in front office department<br />
Explanation of guest groups and guest types in hospitality enterprises<br />
Analysis of guest expectations and guest complaints in hotel enterprises<br />
Practically displaying guest expectations and complaints with examples<br />
Explaining behavior modes of front office personnel against extraordinary events and situations<br />
MID TERM EXAM<br />
Analyzing introspection relations in front office section<br />
─ relations between reservation- reception<br />
─ relations between reception-front desk<br />
─ relations between reservation-front desk<br />
─ relations between reservation-consierge-reception- front cash ve switchboard<br />
The relationship of front office section with other sections<br />
─ relations with top managers<br />
─ relations with housekeeping section<br />
─ relations with food beverage section<br />
─ relations with accounting section
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
─ relations with sales and marketing section<br />
The relationship of front office section with other sections<br />
─ relations with personnel section<br />
─ relations with purchasing section<br />
─ relations with technical section<br />
─ relations with security section<br />
─ relations with subsidiary sections<br />
Guest accounts and payment types in front office section<br />
─ guest accounts and its types<br />
─ peculiarities of guest accounts<br />
─ discount types on guest accounts<br />
─ payment types of guest accounts<br />
─ things to be careful in payment of guest accounts<br />
Security in front office section<br />
─ Points to be considered for providing security for guests<br />
─ Security provision for guest (against fire, terror and bomb denunciation, accidents etc.)<br />
─ Protecting the properties of guest<br />
Things necessary to be known by front office personnel about vocational safety<br />
Mid term general evaluation<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability to recognize and interpret tourism sector and hospitality enterprises X<br />
The ability to work in accordance with front office mechanism X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to communicate efficiently with customer X<br />
The ability to guess customer demands and wishes beforehand and providing<br />
contentment in this sense<br />
The ability to produce strategies to increase sales by watching occupancy in<br />
hospitality enterprises<br />
The ability to define, interpret and solve problems about front office X<br />
The ability to operate and follow guest accounts in the enterprise that will be<br />
worked in<br />
8 The ability to provide customer safety in the enterprise worked in X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
9<br />
The ability to use necessary techniques, skills and instruments for front office<br />
operations<br />
10 The ability to represent the enterprise best in front office section X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Automation Systems in Hospitality Enterprises II<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 3 1 4 3 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn and practice the appropriate<br />
automation systems and softwares, especially designed for booking, check-in, check-out<br />
procedures and keeping customers’ accounts and records, used in hospitality<br />
establishments<br />
This course offers systematic practice of softwares and computer systems used in<br />
tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables students to understand and use<br />
these systems in hospitality enterprises during their work placements and then through<br />
their working life after graduation.<br />
It is expected that students will learn and practice special softwares for hospitality<br />
operations effectively.
Course Basic and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
25. Türksoy, A. (1998) Ağırlama Endüstrisinde Bilgisayar Sistemleri, Turhan<br />
Kitabevi, Ankara.<br />
26. Braham, B. (1995) Otel ve Mutfak Endüstrisinde Bilgisayar Sistemleri, Cassel<br />
Educational Ltd., MEB yayınları: 2923, Ankara.<br />
27. Batman, O., Zengin, B., Demirkol, Ş., Çayır, C., Demirtaş, N., Yıldırgan, R.<br />
(2001) Konaklama İşletmelerinde Önbüro Yönetimi ve Önbüro Otomasyon<br />
Sistemleri, Ed. Zengin, B., Değişim Yayınları, Adapazarı.<br />
28. Fidelio, Sentez ve çeşitli yazılım kullanım kılavuzları (Fidelio, Sentez and<br />
various software guide books)<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Hands-on practices<br />
Questions & Answers<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 30<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
X 20<br />
Final Examination X 50<br />
Subjects<br />
1 Software 1. Setting-up software parameters related to users and the enterprise<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Software 1. Hands-on Practice RESERVATIONS<br />
Taking reservation (New Reservation, Update Reservation, Groups, waitlists, Profiles)<br />
Software 1. Hands-on Practice FRONT DESK<br />
Software 1. Check-in customers who have made a reservation<br />
Software 1. Check-in walk-in customers<br />
Software 1. Arrivals, In-House Guests, Room Blocking, Messages, House Status, House Accounts<br />
Software 1 Hands-on Practice CASHIERING<br />
Software 1 Billings, Postings, Cashier Functions, Closing Cashier, Passer By customers, Quick Checkout,<br />
Receivables, Balance POS<br />
Software 1 Hands-on Practice ROOMS MANAGEMENT<br />
Software 1 Housekeeping, Out of Order/Service, Room Assignment, Room History, Overbookings<br />
Software 1 Occupancy Graph, Maintenance, Attendants<br />
Software 1 Hands-on Practice QUICK KEYS<br />
Software 1 Detailed availability, Control panel, Maximum availability, House status, Rate Plan<br />
Software 1 Room Search, Room Rack, Floor Plan, Information Book, Telephone Operator<br />
Software 1 Arrivals/Departures, Calculator, Log book, Currency Convert
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
8 Software 2. Setting-up software parameters related to users and the enterprise<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Software 2. Hands-on Practice RESERVATIONS<br />
Taking reservation (New Reservation, Update Reservation, Groups, waitlists, Profiles)<br />
Software 2. Hands-on Practice FRONT DESK<br />
Software 2. Check-in customers who have made a reservation<br />
Software 2. Check-in walk-in customers<br />
Software 2. Arrivals, In-House Guests, Room Blocking, Messages, House Status, House Accounts<br />
Software 2 Hands-on Practice CASHIERING<br />
Software 2 Billings, Postings, Cashier Functions, Closing Cashier, Passer By customers, Quick Checkout,<br />
Receivables, Balance POS<br />
Software 2 Hands-on Practice ROOMS MANAGEMENT<br />
Software 2 Housekeeping, Out of Order/Service, Room Assignment, Room History, Overbookings<br />
Software 2 Occupancy Graph, Maintenance, Attendants<br />
Software 2 Hands-on Practice QUICK KEYS<br />
Software 2 Detailed availability, Control panel, Maximum availability, House status, Rate Plan<br />
Software 2 Room Search, Room Rack, Floor Plan, Information Book, Telephone Operator<br />
Software 2 Arrivals/Departures, Calculator, Log book, Currency Convert<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Understanding the importance of automation systems in hospitality enterprises. X<br />
Comprehending the usage areas of computers systems in hospitality enterprises<br />
and their functions and importance fort the departments.<br />
Ability to conduct research on computer systems used in the sector and prepare a<br />
presentation.<br />
Understanding the basic logics of different hospitality automation softwares. X<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to automation systems. X<br />
Ability to be able to understand and use international hospitality automation<br />
softwares in English<br />
Ability to face problems in automation systems effectively and solve it in a<br />
positive manner to maintain customer satisfaction<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Food & Beverage Management II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 1 3 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
─ To give the basic notions related with service and service types<br />
─ To teach the notions about kitchen and kitchen practices<br />
─ To give information about bar, beverage production and management<br />
─ To teach practices about cost and cost controlling<br />
─ To teach practices about pricing and to make students comprehend them<br />
─ To teach practices of market analyzing and practices for food and beverage<br />
enterprises<br />
1. To give the basic notions about food-beverage enterprises<br />
2. To teach the concepts about management and management functions in foodbeverage<br />
enterprises<br />
3. To give information about organization forms and job definitions of foodbeverage<br />
enterprises<br />
4. To teach practices of hygiene and sanitation in food-beverage enterprises and<br />
express its importance<br />
5. To teach nutrition and notions about it and to make students understand the<br />
importance of knowing these in food-beverage enterprises<br />
6. To teach menu and kinds of menu and to prepare these<br />
1. Knowing and expressing the basic notions service and kinds of service<br />
2. knowing and to being able to teach notions related with kitchen and kitchen<br />
practices<br />
3. Knowing and explaining topics about bar, beverage production and management<br />
4. Knowing and expressing cost and cost controlling<br />
5. Knowing and applying practices about pricing<br />
6. Knowing how the market analyses are done for food beverage enterprises<br />
29. Aktaş, A. (2001)Yiyecek ve İçecek Yönetimi. Antalya: Livane Matbaası<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
30. Türksoy, A. (1997) Yiyecek İçecek Hizmetleri Yönetimi. Akara: Turhan<br />
Kitapevi<br />
31. Sökmen, A. (2003) Yiyecek ve İçecek Yönetimi. Ankara: Detay Yayıncılık
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Nutrition and nutritional elements<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
-<br />
-<br />
The notion of nutrition<br />
Nutrition elements and nutrient groups<br />
- HACCP<br />
Menu and menu planning<br />
2 - Menu concept and menu types<br />
- Forming menu<br />
Menu and menu planning<br />
3<br />
-<br />
-<br />
Menu knowledge<br />
Beverage menus/lists<br />
- Menu developing<br />
Food beverage operations: purchasing and storage<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
- Purchasing and procedure of purchasing<br />
- Evaluating price and quality performance<br />
- Purchasing food<br />
- Purchasing beverages<br />
Food beverage operations: purchasing and storage<br />
- Receiving food<br />
- Storage and arrangement of food<br />
- Receiving beverages<br />
- Storage and arrangement of beverages<br />
Food beverage operations: production<br />
- Methods of food production<br />
- Methods of beverage production<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
- Service of food beverage and its extent<br />
Food beverage operations: Service<br />
- Equipment used for food beverage service<br />
- Mice en place
Food beverage operations: Service<br />
9 - Methods of food beverage service<br />
Food beverage control<br />
10<br />
-<br />
-<br />
The aims of food beverage control<br />
Problems experienced in food beverage control<br />
- Fundamentals of controlling<br />
Food beverage control<br />
- Budgeting<br />
11 - Break- even analyses<br />
- Methods of controlling food<br />
- Methods of controlling beverage<br />
Quality management in food beverage operations<br />
12<br />
-<br />
-<br />
The definition and importance of quality<br />
Quality management in food beverage operations<br />
- Systematic approach in quality management<br />
Quality management in food beverage operations<br />
13 - Developing approaches for quality management<br />
- Examples of practice related with quality management<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
14<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Knowing and being able to explain the basic notions about service and service<br />
types<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Knowing notions about kitchen and kitchen practices and the ability to teach them X<br />
The ability to know and express the topics about bar, beverage production and<br />
management<br />
The ability to know and explain the processes about cost and cost controlling X<br />
The ability to know and execute practices about pricing X<br />
Knowing how to do market analyses for food and beverage enterprises X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Cost Accounting<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To recognize and understand the notion of cost, which is one of the elements that the<br />
enterprises can develop strategies on, to maximize their profit, being one of the basic<br />
objectives of enterprises and, to learn the formation process of cost and, after learning<br />
how to calculate unit cost, to form an opinion about what kind of strategies could be<br />
developed on this element. Thus to comprehend cost, which is an information focused on<br />
and given importance utmost by enterprises, both with theoretical and practical<br />
examples.<br />
To make students recognize the notion of cost, learn the functions forming cost, to make<br />
them comprehend the importance and the meaning of cost, to make them learn how to<br />
calculate unit cost, to teach how to calculate cost in different production systems (order<br />
cost system, a single stage production system, multi-stage production system, etc.)<br />
1. Giving the terminology of cost accounting<br />
2. Understanding the benefits of cost accounting<br />
3. Learning the calculation methods of unit cost<br />
4. Making calculations about unit cost calculation on sample applications<br />
5. Bringing in the skill to form an opinion about whether the existing unit cost could be<br />
decreased or not and if it could be decreased, then how<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Naciye Sözbilir, Ali Rıza Kaymaz, Tülay Fidancı, Maliyet Muhasebesi,<br />
<strong>Afyon</strong>,2003<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
1. Kamil Büyükmirza, Maliyet ve Yönetim Muhasebesi, 11. Baskı, Ankara: Gazi<br />
Kitapevi, 2007.<br />
Theoretical lecture, sample solutions, question- answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Introduction to lesson, making students comprehend the importance of the lesson, and general information<br />
1 about lesson materials and methods of lesson<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
General information about financial analysis ( functions of accountancy, The necessity of analysis for<br />
financial tables, historical development of financial analysis, techniques of financial analysis, kinds of<br />
financial analysis etc)<br />
Classifying balance sheet (Information about; Current Assets, Fixed Assets, Short-term foreign resources,<br />
Long-term foreign Resources and Shareholders' Equity)<br />
Classifying income table (Gross Profit or Loss of Sales, Operating Profit or Loss, the ordinary profit or<br />
loss, the Term of Profit or Loss, Net Profit or Loss for Period)<br />
The importance of balance from the point of analysis (Analysis in terms of current assets, fixed assets in<br />
terms of analysis, analysis of short-term foreign resources, in terms of analysis and analysis of long-term<br />
foreign sources of Shareholders' Equity) and the importance and meaning of income table from thee point<br />
of analysis (Analysis of profit or loss in terms of gross sales, operating profit or loss in terms of analysis,<br />
the usual analysis in terms of profits or damages, analysis of profit or loss for the period, the analysis period<br />
in terms of net profit or loss)<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Comparative Statement Analysis. For this purpose, the<br />
preparation of comparative tables, the absolute numbers of comparisons, absolute differences and<br />
percentages of comparisons, the interpretation of comparative balance sheets and comparative<br />
interpretation of income statements, the practices of speech.<br />
MID- TERM EXAM<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Percentages of Methods Analysis (vertical analysis). For this<br />
purpose, the percentage, expressed in statements preparation, balance sheet of the percentage specified by<br />
the revenue table with percentages expressed are, with the percentage generated by the balance sheet<br />
analysis and interpretation (static and dynamic analysis in terms), with the percentage of generated income<br />
statement analysis and interpretation (static and dynamic analysis in terms), application examples of the<br />
speech.<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Analysis by Percentages Method (vertical analysis). For this<br />
purpose, the percentage, expressed in statements preparation, balance sheet of the percentage specified by<br />
the revenue table with percentages expressed are, with the percentage generated by the balance sheet<br />
analysis and interpretation (static and dynamic analysis in terms), with the percentage of generated income
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
statement analysis and interpretation (static and dynamic analysis in terms), application examples of the<br />
speech.<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Analysis by Trends (Trends) Percentages Method. For this<br />
purpose, financial statements (balance sheet and income statement in particular) trend over the percentage<br />
preparation to analysis, trend and the percentage was expressed as the interpretation of the balance sheet,<br />
the trend and the percentage was expressed as the interpretation of income statements, application examples<br />
of the speech.<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Ratio Analysis. In this sense, definition and attributions of<br />
ratios, general information about ratio interpretation, ratios and calculation formulas (different<br />
presentations from the point of liquidity ratios, financial ratios, activity ratios, profitableness ratios)<br />
Of the techniques of financial table analysis; Ratio Analysis. Practice examples on the subject in the extent<br />
of theoretical information given beforehand, ratio calculations on practical example, interpretation of<br />
calculation results and utterances on examples.<br />
The notion of fund, Funds Flow Statement, Statement of Change in Net Working Capital, Cash Flow<br />
Statement, Speeches on samples. Ending of the course.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution<br />
Contribution to combining theories and practices in the field of cost accounting X<br />
The ability to use methods and means for cost accounting applications X<br />
Doing financial analysis in enterprises X<br />
The ability to prepare opening and closing budget X<br />
The contribution to the ability to analyze and interpret the financial tables related<br />
to fiscal indexes of enterprise with the help of ratios<br />
The ability to state the profitableness and liquidity condition of the enterprise using<br />
ratios<br />
Contribution to forming a perspective and evaluating the problems of the age with<br />
a point of view of managership<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Tourism Law<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach the notion of law<br />
To teach the notion of Tourism legislation<br />
To make students become informed about law, code and effects about tourism industry<br />
1. Provides students with information about basic structure of law<br />
2. Makes the students understand the relationship between Tourism and law<br />
3. Teaches consumer rights in Tourism;<br />
4. Provides information about …<br />
5. Teaches regulations about tourism<br />
1. Learning notions about law and getting information about it<br />
2. Comprehending regulations about tourism<br />
3. Knowing consumer rights in Tourism<br />
4. Learning important institutions working in the field of Tourism<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. KALKAN, Orhan, Turizm Mevzuatımız, Ankara.<br />
2. SEZGİN, Orhan. Genel Turizm ve Turizm Mevzuatı<br />
3. KOZAK, Nazmi, Turizm Mevzuatı El Kitabı. Ankara: Turhan Kitabevi<br />
Theoretical lectures, Question and Answer, Exemplification
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Basic information about law<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
─ The Rules and Sanctions Regulating Social Life<br />
─ The Definition of Law and its sections<br />
─ The Sources of Law<br />
2<br />
Tourism Law and its relation with other branches of law<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
Legal regulations intended for organization in tourism<br />
Tourism investments and their general attributes<br />
The Law concerning Travel Agencies and the Association of Travel Agencies; Law No 1618<br />
Tourism Encouragement Law; Law No 2634<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Legislations considering tourism types<br />
─ Yacht Tourism<br />
─ Hunting Tourism<br />
─ Religious Tourism<br />
Legislations considering tourism types<br />
─ Sports Tourism<br />
─ Spa Tourism<br />
Superintendence of tourism operations and sanctions to be executed<br />
Environment and Tourism<br />
11 ─ Environment Law<br />
─ Law about forests<br />
Environment and Tourism<br />
12 ─ Law to protect Cultural and Natural assets<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate
13<br />
14<br />
Consumer Rights in Tourism<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The skill to learn the notions and getting information about law x<br />
The skill to comprehend the legislations about tourism x<br />
The skill to know the consumer rights in tourism x<br />
The skill to learn the institutions working in the field of tourism x<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
Course Code and Name:<br />
Sociology of Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 2 0 2 2 2 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of Sociology of Tourism course is to help understand the complicated<br />
relationship of globalization, culture and consumption beyond considering tourism as an<br />
important human activity or industry.<br />
The students are aimed to learn,<br />
1. How the phenomenon of tourism emerged,<br />
2. Which factors gave a start to this formation,<br />
3. The effects of social structure to tourism activities,<br />
4. To be aware of Cultural Differences<br />
5. Evaluating the effects of policies<br />
Students;<br />
1. Express the general structure of Tourism sector<br />
2. Express the effects of social structure to tourism activities<br />
3. Become aware of Cultural Differences<br />
4. Can evaluate the effects of policies<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Avcıkurt, Cevdet. (2003). Turizm Sosyolojisi. Detay Yayıncılık. Ankara.<br />
2. Urry, John, (1999). Mekanları Tüketmek, Ayrıntı Yayınları. İstanbul.<br />
Theoretical lectures, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
1. Quiz x 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination x 60<br />
Sociology and Sociology of Tourism<br />
Subjects<br />
The factors which caused the phenomenon of tourism to emerge<br />
Modern Tourism fact<br />
The Factors Determining the Effects of Tourism to Society<br />
Economic, Physical and Socio- Cultural effects of Tourism<br />
Tourists, Tourist- Locals Relations and Interaction<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Tourism Consumption<br />
Tourism, travel and Modern Subject<br />
Culture-Personality Relations and Social Tendencies from the point of Tourism<br />
Tourist view and Environment<br />
Modernization and Mass Tourism<br />
Post-Modernism, Consumption of Symbol and Desires<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability to express the general structure of tourism sector x<br />
Knowing the effect of social structure to the activities of tourism x<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Being aware of cultural differences x<br />
The ability to evaluate the effects of policies x<br />
Prepared by: Date:
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) IV<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course<br />
Learning Outs<br />
and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic<br />
and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of the course is to help hospitality management students learn the appropriate<br />
vocational English required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables the students<br />
to understand and respond in English to an international clientele and staff in hospitality<br />
enterprises as well as understanding, discussing and explaining the tourism industry, how it<br />
is managed and current issues experienced in English.<br />
It is expected that students will speak and discuss effectively, adjusting for audience,<br />
purpose, and situation.<br />
Course Textbook<br />
4. Yorgancı, N. Ve Keskil, G. (2008). English For Tourism. Ankara: Gündüz Eğitim<br />
ve Yayıncılık.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
32. Ders notları<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week Subjects<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
a. Tourism policy and planning<br />
b. Notes on the tourism policy of turkey<br />
c. Facts about Turkish Tourism<br />
d. The Turkish Government’s Plans and Projects<br />
e. Economic impact of tourism<br />
f. Direct, indirect and induced effects of Tourism<br />
g. Some negative effects of tourism on the economy of a country<br />
h. Tourism sector and economy in Turkey<br />
i. Tourism marketing<br />
j. The use of the internet in tourism marketing<br />
k. Classification of hotels<br />
l. online reservation procedure<br />
m. more about online tourism marketing<br />
n. What is accounting<br />
o. Hospitality accounting management<br />
p. Hotel industry needs accounting staff T<br />
q. The history of accounting<br />
r. Accounting<br />
s. Effective communication skills<br />
t. What is business communication<br />
u. How to write a business letter<br />
v. How to make successful telephone conversation<br />
w. The importance of good communication skills<br />
x. Ethics and tourism<br />
y. Global codes of ethics for tourism<br />
z. Ethical Tourism<br />
aa. 15 warnings for tourists<br />
bb. Liberty of tourist movements<br />
cc. Tourism and the cultural heritage of mankind<br />
dd. Hotel management<br />
ee. Hotel lessons learned from a five-star school principle<br />
ff. Job training for Hotel managers<br />
gg. Hotel managers
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
hh. Front Office management<br />
ii. Front Office attendants<br />
jj. Training, Personal qualifications<br />
kk. Booking a room at a hotel<br />
ll. Checking out of a Hotel<br />
mm. Your day as a front Office attendant<br />
nn. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
oo. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
pp. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to speak about and discuss tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to write and take notes on tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to compare and consolidate the knowledge gained through courses in<br />
Turkish and Vocational foreign Language (English) courses.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism, hospitality and travel<br />
operations.<br />
Ability to evaluate the tourism industry and develop solutions to tackle problems<br />
effectively and in a positive manner for a better Tourism industry.<br />
Understanding the organization structure, Management and work in different<br />
departments of hotels.<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date:<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache ( Deutsch) IV<br />
Semester<br />
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht -<br />
Wahlfach<br />
IV 3 1 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben und –<br />
eignungen für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie zukünftig<br />
arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
- sich selbst und andere vorstellen<br />
- jemanden nach Beruf fragen und eigenen Beruf sagen<br />
- jemanden nach Abfahrt und Ankunft von einem Bus fragen und antworten<br />
- jemanden fragen wo er wohnt und arbeitet<br />
- jemanden fragen, woher er kommt und wohin er fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Anschrift eines Hotels fragen<br />
- jemanden fragen ,wie man in ein Hotel fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Preis von etwas fragen und darauf antworten<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer I<br />
- 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich willkommen<br />
- Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von Lehrbüchern
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Semesterprüfung x 50<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Glückhausstrasse 14, Bochum / über Wohnungen sprechen /<br />
1 Wohnungsanzeigen<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Präteritum : Modalverben / Die Zeche Helene / zwei Biographien<br />
Meinungen erklären / Meinungen über Ruhrgebiet / Nebensätze : dass, weil<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Lebensmittel Alak / Lebensmitteleinkäufe / ein Fest organisieren / Wohnungssuche im Ruhrgebiet<br />
Frankfurt an der Oder / Information text verstehen / Dativobjekt / Die Europa - Universität / eine<br />
Umfrage im Kurs<br />
Die Wohnung von Sabine und Magda / Anzeigen lesen und schreiben<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
Der Campingplatz am Helene – See / Wochenendaktivitäten : Das Grillfest / Imperativ mit du, ihr /<br />
Modalverb : sollen<br />
Bildbeschreibungen / Möbel und Einrichtungsgegenstände / Verben mit Dativ und Akkusativ<br />
Orientierung in Gebäuden / eine Reise Nach Berlin / Historische Ereignisse verstehen : im<br />
Reichstagsgebäude / Linie 100<br />
Über Kulturen sprechen : Karneval der Kulturen / Feste und Feiertage / Datum und Jahreszeiten /<br />
Ortsangaben : an, auf, in, hinter, neben , über unter, vor, zwischen : Akkusativ oder Dativ<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )
13<br />
14<br />
Emil und die Detektive / einen literarischen Text verstehen / Nebensatz : wenn<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / Vorbereitung auf Prüfung am Ende von Wintersemester<br />
(Finalprüfung )<br />
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
über Wohnungen sprechen x<br />
Lebensmitteleinkäufe x<br />
Anzeigen lesen und schreiben x<br />
Orientierung in Gebäuden x<br />
Historische Ereignisse verstehen x<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) IV<br />
Semester<br />
EK-4<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
IV 4 0 4 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Try to give reading-understanding and reading-writing habits.<br />
1. Meeting adverbs.<br />
2. Learning reading and understanding<br />
3. Learning reading and writing<br />
1. Meets adverbs<br />
2. Learns reading and understanding<br />
3. Learns reading and writing<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Adverbs:<br />
Subjects<br />
1 − Adverbs that shows location and direction<br />
− Adverbs that shows situation.<br />
Adverbs:<br />
2 − Adverbs derived from adjectives<br />
− Adverbs of Time.<br />
3<br />
-------<br />
Adverbs:<br />
4 − Adverbs used as a predicate<br />
− Adverbs reflect negation.<br />
Adverbs:<br />
5 − News adverbs.<br />
− Quantity adverbs.<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Short adjectives.<br />
---------<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Ascendency form of adjective.<br />
Reading and writing exercises.<br />
-------<br />
Reading and writing exercises.
13<br />
14<br />
---------<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Using propositions. X<br />
Getting the habit of Reading telling and reading and writing. X<br />
Prepared by: Aybeniz Mirishli Date : 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Human Resources Management in Hospitality Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this course is teaching the education activities orientation, fee management,<br />
valuation of the performance, planning of the labour, fee management, labour<br />
designation, labour analysis and the organization of Human Resources Management.<br />
1. Explaining the function and the importance of human resources in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
2. Teaching the process of labour analysis and labour designation.<br />
3. Teaching the education techniques which are applied in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
4. Giving information about fee systems and fee politics in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
5. Providing the students to know about the agissant and security of labour.<br />
6. Having information about the social responsibilities in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
1. He/she explains explaining the function and the importance of human resources in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
2. He/she learns teaching the process of labour analysis and labour designation.<br />
3. He/she learns teaching the education techniques which are applied in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
4. He/she has information about fee systems and fee politics in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
5. He/she becomes conscious agissant and security of labour.<br />
6. He/she has information about the social responsibilities in accommodation<br />
companies.
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Demir, Cengiz (2005). Konaklama İşletmelerinde İnsan Kaynakları Yönetimi:<br />
İlkeler ve Uygulamalar, Nobel Yayın Dağıtım, Ankara<br />
Suggested Resources :<br />
1. Kozak, Meryem Akoğlan (2004). Otel İşletmelerinde İnsan Kaynakları Yönetimi<br />
& Örnek Olaylar, Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Planning of human resources in accommodation companies.<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Notions of human resources and their importance.<br />
Factors which affect notions of human resources planning.<br />
− Tools used in planning of human resources<br />
Planning of human resources in accommodation companies.<br />
2 − types of human resources planning<br />
− process of planning human resources<br />
Analysis of work in accommodation companies.<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Description of work analysis and its features.<br />
Aim and importance of work analysis, its usage area.<br />
− Process of work analysis<br />
Work designation in accommodation companies<br />
4 − Description of work designation<br />
− Techniques of work designation.<br />
Orientation in accommodation companies<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Aim of orientation<br />
Valuation f or orientation programme<br />
− Socialization in accommodation companies<br />
Education and development in accommodation<br />
6<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Determining the need of education and importance of it.<br />
Techniques of education and its valuation<br />
Development of career and planning in accommodation companies
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAMINATION<br />
Valuation of success in accommodation companies.<br />
− Description of success valuation and its importance.<br />
8 − Aims of success valuation<br />
− Techniques of success valuation<br />
− Mistakes in success valuation and taking actions against them.<br />
Fee Notion in accommodation companies<br />
9<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Fee, its function, and the factors which affects fee<br />
Systems of fee<br />
− Management of fee, the factors which affect fee management, subjects in management of fee<br />
Cycle of agissant in accommodation companies.<br />
10<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Cycle of agissant<br />
Reasons of agissant cycle<br />
− Results of agissant cycle<br />
Health and security of the agissant in accommodation companies<br />
11<br />
−<br />
−<br />
importance of health and security of the agissant<br />
results of health and security problems<br />
Health and security programmes and management<br />
Stress in accommodation companies regarding human resources<br />
12 − description of stress and factors of it<br />
− results of stress<br />
Social responsibilities in accommodation companies<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− social responsibilities<br />
− approach of the company to social responsibilities<br />
-Projects of social responsibilities in human resources department.<br />
Social responsibility projects of human resource management in accommodation companies<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Capability of managing human resources department X<br />
Having ability of analyzing labour force in accommodation companies. X<br />
Capability of applying work designation and techniques of work designation in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Capability of preparing education programmes throughout needs of administration. X<br />
Capability of assessing, conducting and planning the orientation activities of the<br />
agissants.<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
6<br />
7<br />
Taking part actively about the politics of fee. X<br />
Capability of applying the most suitable fee systems in the company. X<br />
8 Having the leading role on providing the labour security in company.<br />
9<br />
10<br />
Capability of taking required actions and determining the reasons which increased<br />
speed of cycle and labour force.<br />
To help the management about the activities carried out within the framework of<br />
social responsibility of the company.<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
The Code and Name of the Lesson :<br />
Basic Marketing<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Departmant / Major Field of Study :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Precondition(s) -<br />
Lecturer<br />
Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Aim of the<br />
Lesson<br />
The Targets of the<br />
Lesson<br />
The outputs and the<br />
Adequacy of the<br />
Lesson<br />
The Major and the<br />
Minor Resources of<br />
the Lesson<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is to teach the basic notions and appliances of marketing.<br />
Also, it provides the opportunity of assessing the marketing strategy and the details of<br />
marketing plan factors of a company.<br />
34. Teaching the factors which compose the complex of marketing.<br />
35. Making students gain ability to apply the strategies of marketing and factors of<br />
marketing plan.<br />
36. By analyzing strong and weak sides of marketing strategies, making required<br />
recruitment.<br />
37. The capability of assessing the strategies of marketing and factors of marketing<br />
plan.<br />
38. The capability of analyzing the introduction activities of the companies.<br />
39. Producing strategies for increasing the effectiveness of a production.<br />
40. Teaching the strategic marketing process.<br />
36. He/she learns the complex of marketing.<br />
37. He/she gain the ability of applying the strategies of seperating into parts.<br />
38. He/she can assess the strategies of marketing plan.<br />
39. He/she can analyze the strong and weak sides of marketing strategies.<br />
40. He/she can analyze the introduction activities of the companies.<br />
41. He/she can product strategies for increasing the effectiveness of a production.<br />
42. He/she learns the strategic marketing process.<br />
Course book:<br />
5. Altunışık, R., Özdemir, Ş., Torlak Ö. (2002). Modern Pazarlama, İstanbul,<br />
Değişim yayınları.<br />
33. Mucuk, İ (1997), Pazarlama İlkeleri, İstanbul, Türkmen Kitabevi.<br />
Suggested Resources :<br />
34. Kotler Philip, P. Kotler and G. Armstrong (1993), Marketing: an introduction,<br />
New Jersey, Printice Hall,
The way of<br />
Conducting the<br />
Lesson<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoric Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Description of marketing and the important points of description.<br />
Aims and importance of marketing<br />
Scope of marketing<br />
Management of marketing<br />
The notion of market and analysis of it.<br />
2<br />
Watching the opportunities of market.<br />
Analyzing the micro environment of marketing.<br />
Analyzing the macro environment of marketing.<br />
Market environment and changes in consumer trends<br />
Consumer factor in marketing<br />
3 Consumer Notion and its scope<br />
Examining the behaviours of the consumer<br />
Consumer satisfaction<br />
Information system of marketing<br />
Explaining the need of marketing knowledge<br />
4 Appliances of marketing researches<br />
Explaining the process of marketing research<br />
Appliances of the marketing researches<br />
Assessing the demand of marketing and its prediction<br />
Seperating into parts in marketing<br />
5<br />
Criteria of seperating into parts<br />
Steps of seperating into parts<br />
Choosing the target market<br />
Location<br />
Determination of products and management in marketing<br />
Production, service and expanded production notions<br />
6 Services<br />
Classification of production (consumer production, industrial production)<br />
Developing new production.<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Determination of products and management in marketing<br />
Line of production life and decisions of this process<br />
Production decisions (qualification of production, mark and packaging)<br />
Complex of production decisions<br />
Politics of production<br />
Cost in marketing<br />
Importance of the cost in marketing and factors which affect the cost<br />
Basic cost aproaches<br />
The process of determining the cost<br />
Changing in the cost<br />
Setting of the final cost<br />
The attempts of stability in marketing<br />
Communication and attempts of stability<br />
Advertising<br />
Promotion<br />
Public relations<br />
Direct marketing<br />
Personal sale in marketing<br />
Expectancy of personal sale<br />
Types of personal sale<br />
Distribution channel in marketing<br />
-The aims of distribution in marketing<br />
-Distribution channels<br />
-Types of distribution channels<br />
-Alternatives to distribution channel in terms of product<br />
-Choise of distribution channel<br />
Distribution politics and the members of distribution channel in marketing<br />
Strategic marketing process<br />
Process of planning strategic marketing<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1.<br />
2.<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Capability of composing the complex of marketing by getting together the<br />
factors of marketing complex.<br />
Capability of giving direction of marketing activities via assessing the factors<br />
of macro and micro environment which affects the activities of companies<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None<br />
Partial<br />
ly<br />
Full<br />
3. Capability of choosing target marketing and seperating it into parts. X<br />
4.<br />
Analyzing the factors of marketing complex by details, making required<br />
revolution and changing.<br />
5. Capability of managing distrubution canal X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
6.<br />
7.<br />
By analyzing the introduction and stability of a production, providing<br />
recruitment.<br />
Capability of managing the marketing, introduction and stability of the<br />
production which composed by the companies.<br />
8. Capability of analyzing the politics of production costs. X<br />
9. Capability of maintaining the marketing activities on the internet. X<br />
10.<br />
Making suggestion for assessing and recruiting within the strategies of<br />
marketing.<br />
Prepared by : Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Financial Management in Tourism Administration<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is giving theoric information about the factors which<br />
compose the source of funds, providing effectiveness about valuation of investment<br />
projects via dynamic techniques.<br />
1. Providing students to value the offers of investment project regarding finance.<br />
2. Helping the administration by comprehending in order to compose optimum<br />
invest structure and foreign resources which compose funds.<br />
3. Doing valuation of bond and stock certificate.<br />
4. Having general information about cash and share market and comprehending<br />
mechanism of markets.<br />
1) Doing valuation among Project offers regarding time value of Money.<br />
2) Fund resources and composing optimum cash structure<br />
3) Learning cash and tools of share market.
Course Basic and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Basic Resource:<br />
1. Konaklama İşletmelerinde Finansal Yönetim, ESBAV Yayın No: 103, Eskişehir,<br />
1995.<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
1. Ceylan, Ali, İşletmelerde Finansal Yönetim, Ekin Kitabevi, Bursa, 2001.<br />
2. Parasız,İlker, Para Banka ve Finansal Piyasalar, Ezgi Kitabevi yayınları,<br />
Bursa,1997.<br />
3. Aşıkoğlu,Rıza, Semih Büker ve Güven Sevil, Finansal Yönetim, Anadolu<br />
Üniv.Yayınları, Eskişehir,1997.<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Cash budget in tourism companies and decisions of investment.<br />
1 Calculating the time valuation of money.<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Short-term fund resources in tourism companies and their working.<br />
Mid-term fund resources in tourism companies.<br />
Long-term fund resources in tourism companies.<br />
The cost of the cash, its factors and calculating in tourism companies.<br />
The cost of equity capital and foreign resources.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Optimal cash structure and factors which affect the structure of cash.
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Valuation of stock certificate in tourism companies.<br />
Politics of profit distribution and its factors in tourism companies.<br />
The risk cash and technologic innovation in tourism companies.<br />
Money and capital market tools in tourism companies.<br />
REVIEW<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Getting together theory and appliances about financial management. X<br />
Analysis and commitment of financial management notions. X<br />
Contribution to composing perspective and assessing financial and basic economic<br />
problems by administrative point of view.<br />
Capability of using required techniques and tools for financial management. X<br />
Capability of understanding industrial, social, and global effects of financial<br />
subjects.<br />
Gaining ability of solving problems, describing financial problems, planning the<br />
process of problem solving.<br />
Contribution to the ability of deciding effectively and capable of analysing<br />
financial data.<br />
8 Using financial resources effectively. X<br />
9 Recognising the factors which can be financial risk for tourism companies. X<br />
10 Calculating profits and recognising tools of capital market. X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENET<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Quality Management in Hospitality Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is teaching and explaining required processes for qualified<br />
presentation of services and management of these processes regarding modern quality<br />
management techniques.<br />
1. The quality Notion and teaching the dimensions of service quality.<br />
2. Explaining the factors which affect quality of service by using examples.<br />
3. Telling the quality control techniques and appliance types of these techniques.<br />
4. Being capable of analyzing the differences between total quality management and<br />
traditional appliances on the scope of qualified service presentation.<br />
5. The ability of providing control in the applications of total quality management.<br />
6. Capability of calculating the applications of quality management in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
1. He/she learns the quality notion and teaching the dimensions of service quality.<br />
2. He/she knows the factors which affect quality of service by using examples.<br />
3. He/she knows the quality control techniques and appliance types of these<br />
techniques.<br />
4. He/she can analyze analyzing the differences between total quality management and<br />
traditional appliances on the scope of qualified service presentation.<br />
5. He/she can provide control in the applications of total quality management.<br />
6. He/she gains the ability of calculating the applications of quality management in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Tavmergen, İge Pırnar, (2002). Turizm Sektöründe Kalite Yönetimi, Ankara,<br />
Seçkin Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Uyguç, Nermin. (1998). Hizmet Sektöründe Kalite Yönetimi, İzmir, Dokuz Eylül<br />
Yayınları.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Development of service in accommodation companies.<br />
Description of quality and features.<br />
Different description quality and its dimensions<br />
2<br />
Different description of quality and its dimensions regarding accommodation companies.<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Examining the differences in quality perception in industry of accommodation.<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ Quality control<br />
– quality control aims and its entities<br />
– organization of quality model<br />
– process of developing quality programme<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ assurance of quality and developing quality<br />
– principles of quality development and techniques<br />
– factors which affect control in quality development<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ production on time<br />
─ production on time in general<br />
– comparison of classical production system and production on time<br />
– benefits of production on time<br />
MID-TERM EXAMINATION<br />
Basic approaches in quality management<br />
─ total quality management<br />
– generally total quality management<br />
8<br />
Total quality management in tourism sector<br />
─ Total quality management and processes in tourism sector<br />
─ Appliances in total quality management in accommodation companies and principles of it.<br />
Total quality management in tourism sector<br />
9 ─ Important points for appliances of total quality management in accommodation companies.<br />
─ Effects and benefits of total quality management.
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Examining the examples of appliances in total quality management.<br />
Working life quality in accommodation companies.<br />
Techniques and tools which are used in quality management<br />
─ technique of assessment and tools of assessment<br />
– quality measurement activities<br />
– control<br />
– basic statistical measurements<br />
Examining traditional techniques in quality control<br />
Examining new techniques in quality control.<br />
ISO quality systems in accommodation companies<br />
Examples of quality system appliances in accommodation companies.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Capability of determining the level of service quality in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
Capability of determining the factors which affect the quality of service<br />
presentation.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Offering something in order to develop quality of service. X<br />
Capability of planning total quality management in accommodation companies. X<br />
Capability of directing the system of total quality management in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
Having information about ISO quality systems and their applicability in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Capability of implementing the applications required by ISO quality systems in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Providing leadership to accommodation companies against other companies<br />
regarding qualitative service presentation.<br />
Prepared by : Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENET<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Quality Management in Hospitality Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is teaching and explaining required processes for qualified<br />
presentation of services and management of these processes regarding modern quality<br />
management techniques.<br />
7. The quality Notion and teaching the dimensions of service quality.<br />
8. Explaining the factors which affect quality of service by using examples.<br />
9. Telling the quality control techniques and appliance types of these techniques.<br />
10. Being capable of analyzing the differences between total quality management and<br />
traditional appliances on the scope of qualified service presentation.<br />
11. The ability of providing control in the applications of total quality management.<br />
12. Capability of calculating the applications of quality management in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
7. He/she learns the quality notion and teaching the dimensions of service quality.<br />
8. He/she knows the factors which affect quality of service by using examples.<br />
9. He/she knows the quality control techniques and appliance types of these<br />
techniques.<br />
10. He/she can analyze analyzing the differences between total quality management and<br />
traditional appliances on the scope of qualified service presentation.<br />
11. He/she can provide control in the applications of total quality management.<br />
12. He/she gains the ability of calculating the applications of quality management in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Course book:<br />
2. Tavmergen, İge Pırnar, (2002). Turizm Sektöründe Kalite Yönetimi, Ankara,<br />
Seçkin Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
2. Uyguç, Nermin. (1998). Hizmet Sektöründe Kalite Yönetimi, İzmir, Dokuz Eylül<br />
Yayınları.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Development of service in accommodation companies.<br />
Description of quality and features.<br />
Different description quality and its dimensions<br />
2<br />
Different description of quality and its dimensions regarding accommodation companies.<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Examining the differences in quality perception in industry of accommodation.<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ Quality control<br />
– quality control aims and its entities<br />
– organization of quality model<br />
– process of developing quality programme<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ assurance of quality and developing quality<br />
– principles of quality development and techniques<br />
– factors which affect control in quality development<br />
Basic approaches about quality<br />
─ production on time<br />
─ production on time in general<br />
– comparison of classical production system and production on time<br />
– benefits of production on time<br />
MID-TERM EXAMINATION<br />
Basic approaches in quality management<br />
─ total quality management<br />
– generally total quality management<br />
8<br />
Total quality management in tourism sector<br />
─ Total quality management and processes in tourism sector<br />
─ Appliances in total quality management in accommodation companies and principles of it.<br />
Total quality management in tourism sector<br />
9 ─ Important points for appliances of total quality management in accommodation companies.<br />
─ Effects and benefits of total quality management.
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Examining the examples of appliances in total quality management.<br />
Working life quality in accommodation companies.<br />
Techniques and tools which are used in quality management<br />
─ technique of assessment and tools of assessment<br />
– quality measurement activities<br />
– control<br />
– basic statistical measurements<br />
Examining traditional techniques in quality control<br />
Examining new techniques in quality control.<br />
ISO quality systems in accommodation companies<br />
Examples of quality system appliances in accommodation companies.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Capability of determining the level of service quality in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
Capability of determining the factors which affect the quality of service<br />
presentation.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Offering something in order to develop quality of service. X<br />
Capability of planning total quality management in accommodation companies. X<br />
Capability of directing the system of total quality management in accommodation<br />
companies.<br />
Having information about ISO quality systems and their applicability in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Capability of implementing the applications required by ISO quality systems in<br />
accommodation companies.<br />
Providing leadership to accommodation companies against other companies<br />
regarding qualitative service presentation.<br />
Prepared by : Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Ethics in Tourism Administration<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is providing information to the students about the principles of<br />
ethic notion and ethical applications.<br />
1) Providing the students to be aware of the conceptual structure of ethic.<br />
2) Teaching the labour ethic.<br />
3) Teaching the problem about ethic in accommodation companies.<br />
4) Providing information about suggestions in solving ethical problems.<br />
1. He/she explains the Notion of ethic and its importance.<br />
2. He/she explains the conceptual structure of labour ethic.<br />
3. He/she knows probable ethical problems.<br />
4. He/she offers solution to morality problems.<br />
Course book:<br />
5. Kozak, M. Akoğlan ve H. Güçlü (2006), Turizmde Etik, Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara.<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
1. Ural, T., (2003), İşletme ve Pazarlama Etiği, Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara<br />
2. Özkalp, E. ve Kırel, Ç. (2001) Örgütsel Davranış, ETAM A.Ş, Eskişehir<br />
3. Kreitner, R. ve Kinicki, A. (1998) Organizational Behavior, 4. Ed., McGraw-Hill.
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Ethic conception and its scope<br />
─ Conception of ethic<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
─ Relationship between ethic and morality<br />
─ Basic notions about ethic<br />
─ Development of morality conception from old ages to nowadays<br />
Approaches about ethic<br />
2<br />
─ Theories which deal with the result of a action.<br />
─ One-ruled theories<br />
─ Semi-rules theories<br />
Labour ethic<br />
3<br />
─ Labour ethic conception<br />
─ Composing of personal ethic behaviour<br />
─ Basic ethical values<br />
Labour ethic<br />
4 ─ Daily ethic behaviours in companies<br />
─ Special place and activities of corporations in society.<br />
Labour ethic<br />
5 ─ Ethic approaches in companies<br />
─ Features of non-ethical corporations<br />
Labour ethic<br />
6 ─ Ethic behaviour model in corporations<br />
─ Ethic of corporations and social responsibilities<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Labour ethic<br />
8 ─ Groups of corporations and ethical responsibilities to them<br />
Labour ethic<br />
9 ─ Control of ethical behaviour in corporations<br />
Ethic in tourism companies<br />
10 ─ Relationship between tourism and ethic<br />
─ Global tourism ethic codes<br />
Sources of ethical problems in tourism companies<br />
11<br />
─ Accommodation companies<br />
─ Food-beverage companies<br />
─ Marketing companies
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Example events about ethic in tourism companies.<br />
─ Accommodation companies<br />
─ Food-beverage companies<br />
─ Marketing companies<br />
Example events about ethic in tourism companies.<br />
─ Accommodation companies<br />
─ Food-beverage companies<br />
─ Marketing companies<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Recognising tourism sector and ability of commenting X<br />
Ability of designing a system or a part which answer the required needs or a<br />
process.<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Ability of working in interdisciplinary teams. X<br />
Ability of describing, formulazing, solving the problems about tourism. X<br />
Consciousness of occupational and ethical responsibilities. X<br />
Ability of effective communication. X<br />
Knowledge about the problems of age. X<br />
8 Consciousness of life-long learning X<br />
Prepared by : Asist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK Date: 20.08.2009
Course Code and Name:<br />
Hotel Administration<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this lesson is giving information about hotel administration, explaining<br />
the functions of administration in/on the scope of hotel companies, developing the abilities<br />
of hotel management and examining the development of management theories.<br />
1) Teaching the Notion of hotel administration, its scope and its development.<br />
2) Teaching the types of hotel administration.<br />
3) Teaching the features about foundation place of hotel administration and the cost.<br />
4) Conducting the activities which increase the productivity and the ability of<br />
assessing it.<br />
5) Teaching the management, features and functions of hotel administration.<br />
6) Teaching the approach of basic management in hotel administration.<br />
7) Teaching the postmodern management approach in hotel administration.<br />
1) He/she learns the Notion of hotel administration, its scope and its development.<br />
2) He/she learns the types of hotel administration.<br />
3) He/she learns the features about foundation place of hotel administration and the<br />
cost.<br />
4) He/she can conduct the activities which increase the productivity and the ability of<br />
assessing it.<br />
5) He/she learns the management, features and functions of hotel administration.<br />
6) He/she learns the approach of basic management in hotel administration.<br />
7) He/she learns the postmodern management approach in hotel administration.
Course Basic and Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Olalı, H. ve Korzay, M. (1993). Otel İşletmeciliği, İstanbul, Beta Basın Yayın<br />
Dağıtım AŞ.<br />
Suggested resources:<br />
1. Oral, S. Ve Kurgun, O.A. (1997). Otel İşletmeciliği ve Otel İşletmelerinde<br />
Verimlilik Analizleri. İzmir: Kanyılmaz matbaası.<br />
2. Batman, O. (1999). Otel İşletmelerinin Yönetimi. Adapazarı: Değişim yayınları<br />
3. Medlik, S. (1997). Otel İşletmeciliği. Bursa: Uludağ <strong>Üniversitesi</strong> yayınları<br />
(Çeviren Ömer L. Met).<br />
4. Kozak, M.A. (1999). Otel İşletmelerinde İnsan Kaynakları Yönetimi ve Örnek<br />
Olaylar. Ankara:Detay yayıncılık.<br />
5. Şener, B. (2001). Modern Otel İşletmelerinde Yönetim ve Organizasyon. Gazi<br />
Kitabevi.<br />
6. Maviş, F. (2006). Otel Yönetimi. Ankara: Detay yayıncılık.<br />
7. Aksu, A. Ve Ehtiyar, R. (2007). Turizm İşletmelerinde Çağdaş Yönetim<br />
Teknikleri. Ankara: Detay yayıncılık.<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Tourism and accommodation industry<br />
─ description of tourism<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
─ features of tourism<br />
─ Sectoral development of tourism<br />
─ description of accommodation industry and features<br />
─ classification of accommodation companies<br />
Hotel administration<br />
2<br />
─ description of hotel administration<br />
─ features of hotel administration<br />
─ historical development of hotel description<br />
Classification of hotel administration<br />
─ regarding the development steps<br />
─ regarding the need of accommodation<br />
3<br />
─ regarding the connection of transportation vehicles<br />
─ regarding time of activity<br />
─ regarding law<br />
─ regarding the ownership
─ regarding the scale<br />
Foundation place of hotel<br />
─ foundation place Notion<br />
4<br />
─ factors of foundation place<br />
─ feasibility analysis of foundation place<br />
Finance and investment cost in hotel administration<br />
─ investment notion<br />
5<br />
─ valuation<br />
─ calculation of cost about foundation place<br />
Finance and investment cost in hotel administration<br />
6 ─ providing objects<br />
─ providing fund<br />
MID-TERM EXAMINATION<br />
7<br />
Profit in hotel companies<br />
8 ─ notions about profit<br />
─ factors which affect profit in tourism companies<br />
Management of hotel companies<br />
─ management Notion<br />
9<br />
─ basics of management<br />
─ features and roles of managers<br />
Management functions in hotel companies<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
─ planning<br />
─ organization<br />
─ orientation<br />
─ ınspection<br />
─ coordination<br />
Basic management approaches<br />
─ scientific management theory<br />
─ neo-classical management theory<br />
─ modern management theory<br />
─ hotel management theory<br />
─ hotel companies regarding management theories<br />
Hotel companies and the post modern management approaches<br />
─ benchmarking<br />
─ outsourcing<br />
─ empowerment<br />
Hotel companies and the post modern management approaches<br />
─ learned organizations<br />
─ management of customer relationship<br />
─ network structures and virtual organizations.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Knowing the functions of the services and the general structure of the hotel<br />
companies.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Ability of showing the profit proportion in the hotel company. X<br />
Ability of presenting the ideas which increase profit. X<br />
Ability of presenting report to the management about the feasibility analysis. X<br />
Ability of finding the most suitable place fort he hotel and calculating cost. X<br />
Ability to comprehending the basic features of management X<br />
Information about basic management approaches. X<br />
Ability to comprehending the modern management approaches and appliances in<br />
hotel companies.<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Labour’s and Social Security Law<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The main aim of this course is teaching the relationship between workers and employers,<br />
Student’s ability to comprehend the basic notions of the Labour’s Law, its appliance<br />
areas and their recognising the social safety corporations in Turkey and branches of<br />
insurance and the development, tools, judiciary qualification of the social security<br />
system.<br />
8. Teaching the relationship between workers and employers<br />
9. Teaching the basic notions of Labour Law<br />
10. Teaching the practice area of Labour Law<br />
11. Teaching the qualification and development of social security system.<br />
12. Teaching the social security corporations in Turkey.<br />
1. He/she learns the relationship between workers and employers<br />
2. He/she learns the basic notions of Labour Law<br />
3. He/she learns the practice area of Labour Law<br />
4. He/she learns the qualification and development of social security system.<br />
5. He/she learns the social security corporations in Turkey.<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Erkul, İ. & Karaca, N. (2004). Türk İş Hukuku. Eskişehir. Güzel, A & Okur, A.<br />
R. (2003) Sosyal Güvenlik Hukuku. İstanbul: Beta Ya. Gerek, N. (2002). Sosyal<br />
Güvenlik Hukuku. Eskişehir.<br />
1. Çelik, N. (2003). İş Hukuku Dersleri. İstanbul: Beta Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Resources:<br />
2. Şakar, M. (2003). İş Hukuku Uygulaması. İstanbul: Beta Yayıncılık.<br />
3. Sümer, H.H. (2003). İş Hukuku. Konya: Mimoza Yayıncılık.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
The basic notions of the Labour Law.<br />
Subjects<br />
The appliance area of The Labour Law and Labour Agreement : Its type and shapes<br />
Debts of the workers and employers<br />
The end of the Labour Agreement, the reasons of the end of the Labour Agreement, The Dismissal Pay,<br />
The Certificate of Employment.<br />
Order of working: working hours, excessive working, night shift, holiday with fee, permissions.<br />
History of the trade union and foundation of the trade union, their structure, activities and the end of them.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Membership of corporation and membership reassurance<br />
Collective Labour Agreements, Collective Labour Disputes and the Solution of Collective Labour Disputes<br />
Strikes and lockouts in the Collective Labour Disputes<br />
History of Social Security<br />
Social Security Institutions in Turkey and the Scope of the Social Insurance Law<br />
Management and Financing of Social Insurance in Turkey
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Ability to explain the basic concepts of labour law X<br />
Ability to grasp the application of labour law in the areas X<br />
The concept of employment contract and to learn about varieties<br />
Ability to grasp Rights and obligations of the business life<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
To estimate the results of the legal employment contract X<br />
To obtain information on trade union activities X<br />
Prepared by : Date:<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) V<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn the appropriate vocational English<br />
required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables the<br />
students to understand and respond in English to an international clientele in hospitality<br />
enterprises as well as understanding, discussing and explaining the tourism industry, how<br />
it is managed and current issues experienced in English.<br />
It is expected that students will speak and discuss effectively, adjusting for audience,<br />
purpose, and situation.<br />
Course Textbook<br />
6. Yorgancı, N. Ve Keskil, G. (2008). English For Tourism. Ankara: Gündüz<br />
Eğitim ve Yayıncılık.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
35. Ders notları<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practise, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
1. Quiz<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
a. Kitchen Services Managers<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
b. Working conditions of a kitchen services manager<br />
c. Chefs, cooks and food preparation workers<br />
d. Difficulties of kitchen services staff<br />
e. Food and beverage services management<br />
2<br />
f. Food and beverage services<br />
g. Food and beverage services workers<br />
h. About Food and beverage services<br />
i. The principles of nutrition<br />
3<br />
j. Recommended daily calorie intake<br />
k. The food pyramid<br />
l. Menu planning<br />
4<br />
m. A practical guide for designing menu<br />
n. Courses of culinary arts<br />
o. Housekeeping in hotels<br />
p. Difficulties of housekeeping services Management<br />
5<br />
q. The job tasks of housekeeping services Management<br />
r. A talk about housekeeping services managers<br />
s. The job tasks<br />
t. Cleaning and sanitation management<br />
6<br />
u. Room attendants<br />
v. Some good ideas for environmentally friendly hotels<br />
w. Food safety management<br />
x. Implementing a food safety management system<br />
y. Personal hygiene at hotel restaurants<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
z. Congress tourism<br />
aa. Turkey and its conventional facilities<br />
bb. Meeting ang congress organization<br />
cc. Event organizers<br />
dd. Travel agents and tour operations<br />
ee. Dialogues about airline reservations<br />
ff. The internet threat for travel agencies<br />
gg. Home based travel agency<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
hh. How to be a good and successful travel agent<br />
ii. Computer reservation systems<br />
jj. E-tourism<br />
kk. Resort data processing<br />
ll. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
mm. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
nn. PRACTICE, Dialogues, Listening, Speaking<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand tourism industry, how its managed and<br />
current issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to speak about and discuss tourism industry, how its managed and<br />
current issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to write and take notes on tourism industry, how its managed and<br />
current issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to compare and consolidate the knowledge gained through courses<br />
in Turkish and Vocational foreign Language (English) courses.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism, hospitality and<br />
travel operations.<br />
Ability to evaluate the tourism industry and develop solutions to tackle<br />
problems effectively and in a positive manner for a beter Tourism industry.<br />
Understanding the organisation structure, Management and work in<br />
different departments of hotels.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contribut<br />
ion<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache ( Deutsch) V<br />
Semester<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Gesamtstunde Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
V 4 0 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben und –<br />
eignungen für Fach<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie<br />
zukünftig arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
- sich selbst und andere vorstellen<br />
- jemanden nach Beruf fragen und eigenen Beruf sagen<br />
- jemanden nach Abfahrt und Ankunft von einem Bus fragen und antworten<br />
- jemanden fragen wo er wohnt und arbeitet<br />
- jemanden fragen, woher er kommt und wohin er fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Anschrift eines Hotels fragen<br />
- jemanden fragen ,wie man in ein Hotel fährt<br />
- jemanden nach Preis von etwas fragen und darauf antworten<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer<br />
I - 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich<br />
willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von<br />
Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Semesterprüfung x 50<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Europastadt Aachen / Im Balon über Aachen und Umgebung / Adjektivdeklination ( I ) / es geht los -<br />
1 Avantis<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Präpositionen mit Genitiv / Verben mit Genetivobjekt / Landschaften beschreiben / Zeitungstext über<br />
ein<br />
Gewerbegebiet<br />
Pferdesport in Aachen / zwei Aachener Preise / Nebensätze mit W-Wort und ob / Adjektivdeklination (<br />
II )<br />
Zu Besuch in Dresden / Verena im Museum / Termine planen / Bilder beschreiben / Passiv ( I )<br />
Körperpflege / beim Arzt / reflexive verben und pronomen / Verena und Frau Graf beim Arzt<br />
Ratschläge mit ‘ sollte ‘ / Passiv ( II ) / Dresdens Wahrzeichen / 13. Februar 1945 : persönlicher<br />
Bericht<br />
über ein historisches Ereignis<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
In Wien zu Hause / ein Brief : Bericht über ein Praktikum / Konjuktionen ( I ) / Adjektivdeklination<br />
ohne Artikel /<br />
Im UNO – Gebäude / Wohnhäuser / Konjuktiv II ( I ) : Wünsche äussern – Höflichkeit / höfliche<br />
Fragen und Bitten<br />
Reiseführertexte : Wiener Kaffehäuser / Wiener und ihre Häuser / Nebensatz mit dass - Infinitivsatz ( I )<br />
Nebensatz mit dass – Infinitivsatz ( II ) / Eine E- Mail aus Zürich / Verben mit Präpositional – Objekt ( I<br />
)<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )<br />
Verben mit Präpositional – Objekt ( II ) / W-Wörter mit Präpositionen / In der Bank<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / Vorbereitung auf Prüfung am Ende von Wintersemester<br />
(Finalprüfung )
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Landschaften beschreiben x<br />
Wünsche äussern x<br />
Eine Krankheit beschreiben x<br />
Termine machen und sich verabreden x<br />
Von einer Reise erzählen x<br />
Der Vorbereitende : Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum : 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) V<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of:<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
V 4 0 4 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Intensify Russian grammar. Meet with all pronouns. Make sentence.<br />
1. Recognising pronouns.<br />
2. Making Sentence.<br />
3. Learning verbal adjectives and verbal pronouns.<br />
1. Recognises pronouns.<br />
2. Makes Sentence<br />
3. Learns verbal adjectives and verbal pronouns<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Week<br />
Pronouns<br />
1 − Reflexivity Pronoun.<br />
− Response Pronoun.<br />
Pronouns<br />
2 − Specification Pronoun.<br />
− Question Pronoun.<br />
3<br />
Pronouns<br />
− Pronouns that specifies negation.<br />
4<br />
-------<br />
Pronouns :<br />
5 − Indefinite Pronouns.<br />
− Different uses of Pronouns.<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Building sentence.<br />
Punctuation symbols.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Syntax of sentence in united sentence.<br />
News and imperative sentences.<br />
Clauses.<br />
Transitive and non-transitive sentences.<br />
Subjects
13<br />
14<br />
Verbal Pronouns. Verbal adverbs.<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Using Pronoun. X<br />
Making a sentence using pronouns adjectives and verbs. X<br />
Prepared by : Aybeniz Mirishli Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
Course Code and Name:<br />
CRM in Tourism Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach students relation methods to be practised in order to create customer loyalty in<br />
tourism enterprises and to teach customer relations management in this context.<br />
1. To teach the methods for efficient communication with customers in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
2. To show the ways for customer draw in tourism enterprises<br />
3. To teach the techniques to draw back the customer lost because of several<br />
reasons<br />
4. To bring in the skill to measure the success level of customer relations in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
5. To bring in the skill to practically execute the techniques which are evaluated in<br />
the scope of customer relations<br />
1. Learns the methods for efficient communication with customers in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
2. Learns the ways for customer draw in tourism enterprises<br />
3. Learns the techniques to draw back the customer lost because of several reasons<br />
4. Can measure the success level of customer relations in tourism enterprises<br />
5. Can practically execute the techniques which are evaluated in the scope of<br />
customer relations<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Odabaşı, Y., (2005). Satış ve Pazarlamada Müşteri İlişkileri Yönetimi, 5. Baskı,<br />
İstanbul, Sistem Yayıncılık<br />
2. Gel, Oğuz C., (2004). CRM Yolculuğu, 3. Baskı, İstanbul, Sistem Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Bozgeyik, A., (2005). Rekabet Avantajı İçin Müşteri İlişkileri Yönetimi,<br />
İstanbul, Hayat Yayıncılık
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
The notion of customer relations management and its peculiarities<br />
1 The emerge of customer relations<br />
2<br />
3<br />
The analysis of customer behaviors within the context of customer relations management<br />
Creating customer satisfaction and customer loyalty<br />
Customer relations management and relational marketing<br />
Customer relations management and traditional disciplines of marketing<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Customer relations management and advertisement<br />
Customer relations management and corporate communication<br />
− Customer relations management and marketing campaigns<br />
Customer relations management and traditional disciplines of marketing<br />
5 − Customer relations management and product development<br />
− Customer relations management and market research<br />
Dimensions of customer relations<br />
6<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Total quality management in sales and marketing<br />
Creating values for customer<br />
− Customer life long value<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
7<br />
Communications with customers in tourism enterprises<br />
8 − Communication model and its elements<br />
− Developing communication skills<br />
Communications with customers in tourism enterprises<br />
− Types of communication with customers<br />
9 Customer services in tourism enterprises<br />
− Quality of customer services<br />
− Customer service system<br />
Customer draw and customer retention in tourism enterprises<br />
10<br />
− Customer retention model<br />
− Developing customer retention programmes<br />
− Redrawing lost customer
Measuring customer relations in tourism enterprises<br />
11<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Focus group discussion<br />
Advisory panels<br />
− Critical incident technique<br />
Measuring customer relations in tourism enterprises<br />
12 − Customer relations questionnaire and evaluation<br />
− Benchmarking applications<br />
Analysis of sample customer relations management practices in tourism enterprises and its outputs<br />
13<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Determining the state of customer relations practices in tourism enterprises X<br />
The ability to communicate efficiently with the customer X<br />
The skill of customer retention and drawing the lost customer X<br />
The ability to plan customer relations management applications in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
The ability to produce efficient solutions for customer problems and complaints<br />
within the scope of customer relations management<br />
Comprehending the relationship between service quality and customer satisfaction X<br />
The ability to measure customer relations with different methods like focus groups,<br />
benchmarking etc.<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Tourism Marketing<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach marketing applications in tourism sector, in addition, to enable students<br />
understand the details of the elements of marketing strategies and plans of a tourism<br />
enterprise thus obtaining the possibility to evaluate the strong and weak sides of<br />
marketing strategies and plans of tourism organizations.<br />
1. To teach tourism marketing and the elements forming tourism marketing mix<br />
2. To bring in the ability to apply market segmentation and market segmentation<br />
strategies in tourism industry<br />
3. To evaluate the marketing strategies and elements of marketing plan in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
4. To bring in the ability to perform the necessary amendments via analyzing strong<br />
and weak sides of marketing strategies<br />
5. To be able to analyze promotion activities in tourism enterprises<br />
6. To learn the lifetime of tourism products and to produce strategies to increase the<br />
efficiency of the product in the market in different periods<br />
7. To specify the satisfaction level of the consumers with tourism products<br />
8. To be able to produce efficient solutions for consumer complaints<br />
1. Learns tourism marketing and the elements forming tourism marketing mix<br />
2. Gains the ability to apply market segmentation and market segmentation<br />
strategies in tourism industry<br />
3. Can evaluate the marketing strategies and elements of marketing plan in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
4. Gains the ability to perform the necessary amendments via analyzing strong and<br />
weak sides of marketing strategies<br />
5. Can analyze promotion activities in tourism enterprises<br />
6. Can produce strategies to increase the efficiency of the product in the market in<br />
different periods by learning the lifetime of tourism products<br />
7. Specifies the satisfaction level of the consumers with tourism products and<br />
applies activities which are satisfaction raising<br />
8. Can produce efficient solutions for consumer complaints
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Kozak, N. (2006) Turizm Pazarlaması, Detay Yayıncılık, Ankara<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
36. İçöz, O. (2001) Turizm İşletmelerinde Pazarlama İlkeler ve Uygulamalar<br />
Genişletilmiş 2. Bası, Turhan Kitabevi Yayınları, Ankara<br />
37. Hacıoğlu, N. (2005) Turizm Pazarlaması, 5. Baskı, Nobel Yayın Dağıtım,<br />
Ankara<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Introduction to Tourism Marketing<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The notion of tourism marketing<br />
Explanation of tourism marketing mix, elements of marketing mix<br />
− The peculiarities of tourism marketing and different sides of it<br />
Introduction to Tourism Marketing (continued)<br />
2<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Macro and micro environmental elements forming tourism marketing<br />
Analyses of sectoral and activity environment in tourism marketing.<br />
Planning tourism marketing<br />
3 − General advantages of marketing plan<br />
− Planning marketing in tourism and analysis of marketing process<br />
Market Segmentation- Market Location in Tourism Sector<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The process of market segmentation in tourism marketing and its benefits<br />
The conditions of market segmentation and the analysis of segmentation criteria<br />
− Market outlook and market locating activities in tourism marketing<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – Product<br />
5 − Tourism product and analysis of the elements that form the tourism product<br />
− The peculiarities of tourism product and the classification of the tourism products<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – Product (continued)<br />
6<br />
− The analysis of tourism area (destination) and the elements forming it<br />
− Developing new product in tourism marketing<br />
− The analysis of the lifetime of the tourism product, marketing methods applied in the lifetime
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – Distribution<br />
− Intermediaries in tourism sector and the reasons of using intermediaries<br />
− Analyzing the function of distribution channels and the alternatives of distribution channel forming<br />
− Analysis of the factors influencing the selection of distribution channel<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – Price<br />
− The importance of price in tourism products, the analysis of factors influencing pricing<br />
− The aims of pricing in tourism sector and the process of pricing<br />
− Analyzing pricing policies and pricing methods that tourism enterprises apply<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – Promotion<br />
− The notion of promotion in tourism marketing, promotion-mix and the affecting factors of<br />
promotion-mix.<br />
− Formation process in tourism and detailed analyzing of promotion-mix components.<br />
− Analyzing advertising, individual sale, public relations, promotion, direct marketing<br />
activities with case studies in tourism enterprises.<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – human<br />
− Touristic consumption, features of touristic consumption<br />
− Touristic consumers, consumer motives and classification<br />
− Buying process and behaviors in tourism<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism – human (continued)<br />
− Consumer satisfaction, the importance of consumer satisfaction, the benefits of measuring<br />
consumer satisfaction<br />
− Techniques of measuring consumer satisfaction<br />
- Expectance and performance analysis - Importance-performance analysis<br />
- Direct approval or disapproval - Only the performance analysis<br />
− Consumer complaints, consumer rights and consumer centered service mentality in tourism sector<br />
Components of marketing-mix in tourism- physical evidence and processes<br />
− The effects of environment on customer in tourism marketing, the variables affecting environment<br />
perception<br />
Electronic marketing in tourism sector<br />
− Electronic marketing applications in tourism sector and the analysis of the place and importance of<br />
it in marketing activities<br />
− The place of internet in tourism marketing<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
To be able to form marketing-mix by combining marketing-mix elements in<br />
tourism industry<br />
The ability to direct marketing activities evaluating the macro and micro<br />
environmental factors which affects marketing activities of tourism enterprises<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to do market segmentation and to choose target market X<br />
X<br />
X
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
The ability to do local, regional and national level tourism marketing planning’s X<br />
The ability to analyse the elements of tourism marketing mix in a detailed way<br />
and, in accordance with these analyses, the ability to do changes and innovations<br />
necessary in marketing mix<br />
The ability to manage distribution channels and relations with intermediary<br />
enterprises<br />
To be able to recruitments by analyzing promotion activities of an existing product<br />
in tourism market.<br />
To be able to promotion activities of a touristic product that formed by tourism<br />
enterprises.<br />
9 The ability to analyze price policies applied in tourism enterprises X<br />
10<br />
11<br />
The ability to measure consumer satisfaction in tourism enterprises via academical<br />
methods<br />
The ability to produce efficient solutions for consumer complaints and provide<br />
satisfaction<br />
12 The ability to maintain marketing activities on internet environment X<br />
13 Being informed about tourism marketing activities of Turkey X<br />
14 Having actual knowledge about national tourism marketing activities X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Travel Agencies and Tour Operators<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To explain the main notions about the development of travel trade, travel agents and tour<br />
operators. To explain the organization and management processes of travel agent and<br />
tour operators, their activities and their relations with other subsectors of tourism<br />
industry. To handle tour planning, the importance of package tours and components<br />
under the title of tour operators.<br />
1. To be generally informed about travel industry and its attributes<br />
2. To learn the travel agencies, mechanism of the agencies, kinds of travel agencies<br />
3. To learn the functions and activities of travel agencies and to carry out in<br />
practice<br />
4. To be informed about tour operating<br />
5. To be able to prepare package tour<br />
6. To comprehend the main aspects of the relationships between tour operators and<br />
hotel enterprises<br />
7. To learn the managing functions in travel agencies<br />
8. To learn the extent of marketing policies and selling efforts<br />
1. To be generally informed about travel industry and its attributes<br />
2. To learn the travel agencies, mechanism of the agencies, kinds of travel agencies<br />
3. To learn the functions and activities of travel agencies and to carry out in<br />
practice<br />
4. To be informed about tour operating<br />
5. To be able to prepare package tour<br />
6. To comprehend the main aspects of the relationships between tour operators and<br />
hotel enterprises<br />
7. To learn the managing functions in travel agencies<br />
8. To learn the extent of marketing policies and selling efforts
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
3. Mısırlı, İ. (2006). Seyahat Acentacılığı ve Tur Operatörlüğü, Ankara, Detay<br />
Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Hacıoğlu N. (2006) Seyahat Acentacılığı ve Tur Operatörlüğü, 6. Baskı, Ankara,<br />
Nobel Yayın Dağıtım<br />
2. İçöz, O. (1996) Seyahat Acentacılığı ve Tur Operatörlüğü Yönetimi, Ankara,<br />
Anatolia Yayıncılık<br />
3. Ahipaşaoğlu, H.S., Arıkan, İ. (2003) Seyahat İşletmeleri Yönetimi ve Ulaştırma<br />
Sistemleri<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Tourism and Travel<br />
Subjects<br />
− Notions of tourism, tourist and travel<br />
1 − Classification of tourism according to travel types<br />
− Historical development of travel agencies<br />
− Historical development of travel services<br />
Travel distribution systems<br />
− The history of tourism product distribution<br />
2 − Tourism product distributors<br />
− Special distribution channels<br />
− Kinds of travel distribution systems<br />
Travel Agencies<br />
− Definition of travel agencies<br />
3 − Functions of travel agencies<br />
− The roles of travel agencies in national economy<br />
− The effects of travel agencies on end users<br />
Travel Agencies<br />
4 − Organizing travel agency<br />
− Parts of travel agency<br />
Legal regulations about travel agencies<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Legal responsibilities of travel agencies in Turkey<br />
Classification of travel agencies<br />
− Founding processes of travel agencies
Legal regulations about travel agencies<br />
6 − Legal responsibilities that travel agents must obey<br />
− Contracts about travel agencies<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Organizations related with tourism and travel agents<br />
− TURSAB<br />
− IATA, UFTAA<br />
− ASTA, IHA<br />
− WTO<br />
− Other national and international organizations<br />
Travel agency procedures<br />
− Conducting informing procedures<br />
9 − Reservation processes in travel agencies<br />
− Central reservation systems<br />
− Ticket procedures in airway transportation<br />
Travel agency procedures<br />
10 − Reservation and check-in procedures in air travels<br />
− Other functions related with travel agency<br />
Tour operating and package tours<br />
− Tour operating and the classification of tour operators<br />
11 − Activities and functions of tour operators<br />
− Notion of package<br />
− History of package tours<br />
Tour operating and package tours<br />
12 − Kinds of package tours<br />
− The process of forming package tour<br />
13<br />
Tour operating and package tours<br />
− Forms of cost calculation in package tours<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The skill to make inferences about the condition of travel industry X<br />
The ability to work at travel agents and to implement agency procedures X<br />
Being informed about legal regulations concerning travel industry X<br />
Planning and preparing package tours X<br />
To provide the relations between tour operator and hotel enterprise carried out<br />
efficiently<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
6<br />
7<br />
The ability and knowledge to open a travel agency or tour operating enterprise X<br />
To be knowledgeable enough to work as manager in travel agencies X<br />
8 Taking active role in staff management of travel agencies X<br />
9<br />
Analyzing selling efforts of travel agencies and to make suggestions for<br />
amendment activities<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Anatolian Civilizations<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Introducing civilizations, culture, architectural history and archaeology that Turkey own<br />
and teaching the cultural structure is aimed. In this context, study of Anatolian<br />
civilizations especially via archaeological data, by transferring cultural assets, works of<br />
art, architecture to explain mythological scenes in these works and to make comparison<br />
is aimed.<br />
1. To provide tourism students with information about Anatolian history<br />
2. To make students know prehistoric civilizations in Anatolia and enable them<br />
transfer this information to tourists<br />
3. To learn the art and architectural structure in Anatolian civilizations<br />
4. To learn the architecture of Seljuk and Ottoman period<br />
5. Acquiring the ability to make interpretations on Anatolian history<br />
1. The students become informed about Anatolian history<br />
2. Knowing prehistoric civilizations in Anatolia and being able to transfer this<br />
information to tourists<br />
3. Learning the art and architectural structure in Anatolian civilizations<br />
4. Knowing the architecture of Seljuk and Ottoman period<br />
5. Having the skill to make interpretations on Anatolian history
Course Basic and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Course book:<br />
1. Değirmencioğlu, A.Ö., Ahipaşaoğlu, S. (1999) Anadolu’da Turizm Rehberliği<br />
Temel Bilgileri, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Akurgal, E. (1997) Anadolu Kültür Tarihi, Ankara, TÜBİTAK.<br />
2. Akurgal, E. (2000) The Aegean, Birthplace of Western Civilization : History of<br />
East Greek Art and Culture, 1050-333 BC. İzmir, İzmir BB Yayınları<br />
3. Akurgal, E. (2000) Anadolu Uygarlıkları, İzmir, Net Turistik Yayınları<br />
4. Akurgal, E. (1995) Hatti ve Hitit Uygarlıkları, İzmir, Net Turistik Yayınları<br />
5. Anadolu Uygarlıkları Ansiklopedisi (1982), İstanbul, Görsel Yayınlar.<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz x 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
General overview of Anatolia<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination x 60<br />
Subjects<br />
Prehistoric eras and civilizations in Anatolia<br />
− Palaeolithic period<br />
− Mesolithic period<br />
− Neolithic period<br />
Prehistoric eras and civilizations in Anatolia<br />
− Chalcolithic period<br />
− Bronze era<br />
− Hatti civilization<br />
Transaction to historical eras and first civilizations in Anatolia<br />
− Era of Assyrian mercantile colonies<br />
− Hittites<br />
Transaction to historical eras and first civilizations in Anatolia<br />
− Urartians<br />
− Mythological battle of troy and ancient city of troy<br />
− Aegean exodus<br />
Transaction to historical eras and first civilizations in Anatolia<br />
− Phrygians<br />
− Lydians
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Persians<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Hellen-Roman architecture in Anatolia<br />
− Religious architecture<br />
− Civil architecture<br />
− Military Architecture<br />
Turkish history in Anatolia<br />
− Seljuk’s<br />
− Anatolian Seljuk’s<br />
Turkish history in Anatolia<br />
− Ottomans<br />
− Administrative management and social structure in Ottomans<br />
Turkish architecture in Anatolia<br />
− Seljuk architecture<br />
− Anatolian Seljuk architecture<br />
− Principalities period architecture<br />
Turkish architecture in Anatolia<br />
− Early Ottoman architecture<br />
− Classical age of Ottoman Empire architecture and Mimar Sinan<br />
− Late classic era in Ottoman Empire<br />
Turkish architecture in Anatolia<br />
− Final stage in Ottoman architecture<br />
− Adornments and handicrafts in Anatolian Turkish art<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Being informed about Anatolian history and civilizations X<br />
Knowing first civilizations founded in historical ages in Anatolia and the ability to<br />
transfer this information to tourists<br />
Getting the ability to behave like a tourism ambassador with the information<br />
acquired<br />
The skill to introduce Anatolian history, culture and architecture in national and<br />
international activities<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
International Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach how to examine and analyse some statistical data in order to understant the<br />
efforts for planning and policy developing<br />
To teach,<br />
1. The development of international tourism<br />
2. The arbiters of the market<br />
3. The factors influencing international tourism<br />
4. International tourism regions and their incomes<br />
to students<br />
The students learn,<br />
1. The development of international tourism<br />
2. The arbiters of the market<br />
3. The factors influencing international tourism<br />
4. International tourism regions and their incomes<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. François Vellas ve Lionel Bechel, International Tourism, Mac Millan Press<br />
Ltd.,1995<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. TYD yayını, Türkiye ve Dünya Turizmi ile İlgili Seçilmiş Veriler, 2006<br />
2. Rob Davidson, Travel and Tourism in Europe, Longman, 1999.<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Question and Answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
1 The definition of international tourism and its short history<br />
2 Economical indicators of international tourism<br />
3 Analysis of international tourist arrivals and tourism incomes<br />
4 Studying international tourist regions<br />
5 International tourism in Europe<br />
6 Tourism and tourism institutions in EU<br />
7 MID-TERM EXAM<br />
8 Economical effects of international tourism<br />
9 International tourism in developed countries<br />
10 International tourism in Turkey<br />
11 International tourism policies<br />
12 Anticipations about international tourism<br />
13 New trends in international tourism
14 FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The skill recognition and interpretation of tourism sector X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
The skill to interpret international tourism indicators X<br />
Information about destinations in different regions X<br />
The skill of anticipation concerning international tourism X<br />
Knowledge about new trends in international tourism X<br />
The skill to see tourism incident from a universal point of view X<br />
The skill to comprehend international factors influencing tourism X<br />
8 The skill to handle actual tourism movements in international scale X<br />
Prepared by : Date :
Course Code and Name:<br />
Tourism and Environment<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To develop environmental awareness of employees in the field of tourism and to enable<br />
the evaluation of solution alternatives of environmental problems.<br />
1. To develop environmental awareness of students<br />
2. To make students comprehend the importance of environment in tourism and<br />
environmental agents in tourism<br />
3. To bring in the skills to identify the problems in tourism sector and offering<br />
solutions by being aware of the effects of tourism on environment<br />
4. To be informed about the notion of sustainable tourism and what to do for<br />
sustainable tourism<br />
5. To learn the dimensions of sustainable tourism projects in Turkey and in the<br />
world, and to be able to develop new projects<br />
1. Environmental awareness of students develops<br />
2. Comprehends the importance of environment in tourism and environmental<br />
agents in tourism<br />
3. Acquires the skills to identify the problems in tourism sector and offering<br />
solutions by being aware of the effects of tourism on environment<br />
4. Becomes informed about the notion of sustainable tourism and what to do for<br />
sustainable tourism<br />
5. Learns the dimensions of sustainable tourism projects in Turkey and in the<br />
world, and becomes able to develop new projects<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Kahraman, N., Türkay, O. (2006). Turizm ve Çevre, 2. Baskı, Ankara, Detay<br />
Yayıncılık<br />
1. Erdoğan, N. (2003) Çevre (Eko) Turizm, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
2. Tuna, Muammer (2004) Turizm Çevre Toplum, Ankara Detay Yayıncılık
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Tourism fact<br />
Subjects<br />
1 The development of tourism in Turkey and in the world<br />
Sectors offering services for tourists<br />
Environment and environmental values<br />
− The definition of the environment and its dimensions<br />
2 − Environmental agents and effects on these agents<br />
− Environmental economy<br />
− Environmental approach in developing and/or underdeveloped countries<br />
Tourism and environment relation<br />
3 − The influence of environment on the formation of tourism types<br />
− The effects of tourism on the environment<br />
Tourism and environment relation<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The variables that should be considered in tourism- environment relation<br />
Environmental legislations<br />
− Environment in tourism legislations<br />
Sustainable development<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Development and environment<br />
The concept of sustainable development and its perceptions<br />
− The process of sustainable development<br />
6<br />
Environmental protection activities of United Nations organisation<br />
Tourism and practises to protect environment in tourism in European Union environment policies<br />
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Sustainable tourism policy and its planning<br />
− Sustainable tourism<br />
8 − Sustainable tourism from the point of marketing<br />
− Planning for the development of sustainable tourism<br />
− Sustainable tourism policies in Turkey<br />
Sustainable tourism applications in hospitality industry<br />
9 − Hospitality industry and environment<br />
− Sustainable tourism practices in hospitality facilities
− Sustainable tourism practices in Turkish hospitality industry<br />
Sustainable tourism practises in travel and tour operating management<br />
10 The evaluation of basic education in travel industry from the point of Sustainable tourism<br />
Attempts and activities of tour operators with respect to the development of Sustainable tourism<br />
Examples of sustainable tourism in the world and in Turkey<br />
11 − Examples of sustainable tourism in the world<br />
Examples of sustainable tourism in the world and in Turkey<br />
12 − Examples of sustainable tourism in Turkey<br />
- Local Agenda 21, National Agenda 21 and National Environmental Action Plan (NEAP)<br />
Examples of sustainable tourism in the world and in Turkey<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Examples of sustainable tourism in Turkey<br />
- South Antalya Tourism Development Project<br />
- Specially protected environment areas<br />
- Mediterranean-Aegean Tourism Infrastructure and Coastal Management Project (ATAK)<br />
- Other projects and applications<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability to recognize and interpret environmental problems in tourism sector X<br />
Taking active roles in projects and activities for environmental protection in<br />
tourism enterprises<br />
Comprehending the notion of sustainable tourism and the ability to making<br />
proposals for the development of Turkish tourism within the notion of sustainable<br />
tourism<br />
Taking close interest in sustainable tourism projects applied in Turkey and in the<br />
world<br />
Being aware of the fact that tourism is a sector which affects the environment<br />
primarily<br />
Identifying the infrastructure, superstructure, and physical carrying capacity<br />
problems of tourism in turkey and producing solutions<br />
The consciousness of attending national or/ and international sustainable tourism<br />
activities<br />
8 Involving in activities for environmental protection where one lives X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (English) VI<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 3 0 3 3 3 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course<br />
Learning Outs<br />
and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic<br />
and Auxiliary<br />
Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of course is to help hospitality students learn the appropriate vocational English<br />
required in order to communicate successfully with the clientele.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of English used in tourism, travel and hospitality management. It enables the<br />
students to understand and respond in English to an international clientele in hospitality<br />
enterprises as well as understanding, discussing and explaining the tourism industry, how<br />
it is managed and current issues experienced in English.<br />
It is expected that students will speak and discuss effectively, adjusting for audience,<br />
purpose, and situation.<br />
Course Textbook<br />
1. Harding, K., Henderson P., (2000). High Season: English fort he hotel and<br />
Tourist Industry, Eight Edition, Oxford University Pres, UK<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practice, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week Subjects<br />
1 Type of Accommodation<br />
2 Hotel Facilities<br />
3 Staffing and Internal Organisation<br />
4 Reservations and Check–in<br />
5 Hotel and Restaurant Services<br />
6 Money Matters<br />
7<br />
8<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Dealing with Complaints<br />
9 Off–Site Services<br />
10 The Business Traveller<br />
11 Conferences<br />
12 Tour Operation–Planning<br />
13 Tour Operation–Execution<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Ability to listen and understand tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to speak about and discuss tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to write and take notes on tourism industry, how its managed and current<br />
issues experienced in English<br />
Ability to compare and consolidate the knowledge gained through courses in<br />
Turkish and Vocational foreign Language (English) courses.<br />
Understanding words, phrases and terms related to tourism, hospitality and travel<br />
operations.<br />
Ability to evaluate the tourism industry and develop solutions to tackle problems<br />
effectively and in a positive manner for a better Tourism industry.<br />
Understanding the organisation structure, Management and works and working life<br />
in different departments of hotels.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Code und Name<br />
Fremdsprache (Deutsch) VI<br />
Semester<br />
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
VI 4 0 4 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben<br />
und –<br />
eignungen für<br />
Fach<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie zukünftig<br />
arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
- eine tägliche Aktivität erzählen<br />
- in einem Geschäft einkaufen<br />
- eine Speise beschreiben<br />
- einen Wetterbericht erklären<br />
- Hotels und Länder vergleichen<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer I<br />
- 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich willkommen<br />
- Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Semesterprüfung x 50<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Freizeitbeschäftigungen / Verabredungen und Unternehmungen / Gästebuch<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Kommunikation in der Firma / Nebensatz ‘’ damit ‘’ und Infinitiv mit ‘‘ um zu ‘’<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
‘’ Blinde Kuh ‘’ / Wissenwertes über die Schweiz / Nebensatz ‘’ ohne dass ‘’ und ‘’ ohne zu ‘’<br />
Das schwarze Brett / Ein Quiz / Nebensatz ‘’ statt dass ‘’ und ‘’ statt zu ‘’ / Die Schwaben –<br />
metropole : Stuttgart<br />
Robert Bosch : ein Erfinder / Erfindungen und Erfinder / Ausbildıngswege / Relativsätze und –pronomen (<br />
I )<br />
‘’ Lehrjahre sind keine Herrenjahre ‘’ / Meinungsverschiedenheiten / Relativsätze und – pronomen ( II )<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
Infinitivsatz ( II ) haben und sein Infinitiv mit ‘‘ zu ‘’ / Der Familienrat tagt / über lokale<br />
Besonderheiten<br />
İnformieren<br />
Schwäbische Landeskunde / Biografisches erzählen / Temporale Nebensätze mit ‘’ wenn, als, bevor usw.<br />
‘’<br />
Traumberuf : Dichter / eine Firma in Hannover / Ein Firmenporträt : Die Geschichte der Firma Minolta /<br />
Konjuktiv II ( II )<br />
Konjuktiv I und Indirekte Rede ( I ) / aus der Mitarbeiterzeitschrift / Nebensatz ‘’ obwohl ‘’ und trotzdem<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )<br />
Eine Bewerbung : ein Vorstellungsgespräch / Arbeit am Computer / Kollegengespräche / Konjuktiv I und<br />
Indrekte Rede ( II )<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / Vorbereitung auf Prüfung am Ende von Wintersemester<br />
(Finalprüfung )
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
sich um eine Stelle bewerben x<br />
Eine Firma vorstellen x<br />
Ein Lebenslauf schreiben x<br />
Ein Gespräch zwischen zwei Personen an eine dritte Person erzählen x<br />
Eine E-mail schreiben und eine Antwort auf eine E-mail geben x<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
Course Code and Name:<br />
Foreign Language (Russian) VI<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VI 4 0 4 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Student can tell everything in a simple way. Understanding, Explaining and reading<br />
speed grow up.<br />
1. Introduction to Pronouns<br />
2. Making a Sentence<br />
3. Learning Verb adjectives and verb adverbials<br />
1. Knows Pronouns<br />
2. Makes a Sentence<br />
3. Gets Verb adjectives and verb adverbials<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Generalization<br />
Analogy Comparing<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Oppositions and accordance<br />
--------<br />
Telling the story<br />
Imitate<br />
-------<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Sentence stress and intonation<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Getting to know and introducing people<br />
Telling ideas about people<br />
Directions<br />
Subjects
13<br />
14<br />
Nations and Countries<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Telling ideas in a simple way he thinks. X<br />
Understanding, Explaining and reading speed rises. X<br />
Prepared by : Aybeniz Mirishli Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
Course Code and Name:<br />
Public Relations in Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Teaching student the public relations by explanation. Providing students information<br />
about appliances of public relations via analysis.<br />
1. Teaching the scope of public relations activities.<br />
2. Making students to comprehend the organizational structure of public relations<br />
department in tourism companies.<br />
3. Developing the ability of using written, verbal, visual and audial tools about<br />
public relations in tourism companies.<br />
4. Ability of conducting and planning the activities of public.<br />
1. He/she learns the scope of public relations activities.<br />
2. He/she comprehends comprehend the organizational structure of public relations<br />
department in tourism companies.<br />
3. He/she develops the ability of using written, verbal, visual and audial tools about<br />
public relations in tourism companies.<br />
4. He/she gains the ability of conducting and planning the activites of public.<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Sabuncuoğlu, Z. (2004) İşletmelerde Halkla İlişkiler, İstanbul, Aktüel Yayınları.<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
1. Yavuz, C. (2006) Halkla İlişkiler, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
2. Çamdereli, M. (2000) Ana Çizgileriyle Halkla İlişkiler, Ankara, Çizgi Kitabevi<br />
3. Asna, A. (1998) Public Relations Temel Bilgiler, İstanbul Der Yayınları
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Description and importance of public relations in companies.<br />
1 Historical development of public relations.<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Common conceptions about public relations.<br />
− Presentation<br />
− Human relations<br />
− Marketing and advertising<br />
− Institutional advertising<br />
− Lobbying<br />
Social responsibility and public relations<br />
Total quality management and public relations<br />
Culture of corporation and public relations<br />
The role of effective communication in public relations<br />
Monitored aims in public relations<br />
Basic principles in public relations.<br />
Organization of corporations in public relations<br />
− Place of public relations in general organization<br />
− Corporational structure of public relations department<br />
− Experts of public relations and the features of employee.<br />
Public relations and institutional image.<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Management of public relations in tourism companies<br />
− Research<br />
− Planning<br />
− Conducting<br />
− Inspection<br />
Choice of the target audience in public relations<br />
− The target audience in the company<br />
− Target audience out of the company<br />
− Relationship with media
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Tools of communication used in public relations<br />
− Written communication tools<br />
− Verbal tools<br />
− Visual-audial tools<br />
Effective presentation technique of public relations in tourism companies<br />
− Planning of presentation<br />
− Visual- audial material usage<br />
− Effective talking<br />
− Effective listening<br />
− Technique of asking question<br />
− Body language<br />
Examples of public relations appliances in tourism companies in Turkey<br />
Examples of public relations appliances in tourism companies in Turkey<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Ability of commenting the activities of public relations in tourism companies X<br />
Ability of planning the activities of public relations. X<br />
Ability of choosing the most effective tool or tools according to administration<br />
among written, verbal, visual, audial tools in public relation activities.<br />
Ability of providing organization of public relations. X<br />
Ability of arranging the relationship with the foundation and institution on the<br />
scope of public relations.<br />
Comprehending the importance of public relations for continuing entity of<br />
company.<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Cont<br />
ribut<br />
ion<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Promotion in Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this lesson is suggesting solutions to problems of tourism promotion in<br />
Turkey, effective usage of touristic promotion and getting information about promotion<br />
in tourism and strategies of tourism.<br />
1. Teaching the conception and approaches of tourism.<br />
2. Comprehending the ways of promotion in tourism and importance of it.<br />
3. Ability of using the tools of touristic promotion.<br />
4. Gaining the ability of planning in terms of the company, area, national or/and<br />
international ways.<br />
5. Ability of doing researches about touristic promotion.<br />
6. Having the ability of presenting suggestions in order to comment and improve by<br />
analyzing the promotion activities of Turkey.<br />
1. He/she learns the conception and approaches of tourism.<br />
2. He/she comprehends the ways of promotion in tourism and importance of it.<br />
3. He/she gains the ability of using the tools of touristic promotion.<br />
4. He/she has the ability of planning in terms of the company, area, national or/and<br />
international ways.<br />
5. He/she can do researches about touristic promotion.<br />
6. He/she has the ability of presenting suggestions in order to comment and improve<br />
by analyzing the promotion activities of Turkey.<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
1. Rızaoğlu, B. (2004). Turizmde Tanıtma, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
Suggested Readings;<br />
1. Avcıkurt, C. (2005). Turizmde Tanıtma ve Satış Geliştirme, 2. Baskı, İstanbul,<br />
Değişim Yayınları<br />
2. Tolungüç, A. (1999) Turizmde Tanıtım ve Reklam, Ankara, Mediacat Kitapları
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoretical expression, Questions & Answers<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Promotion in general<br />
Subjects<br />
− Promotion concept<br />
1 − Historical development of promotion<br />
− Aim of promotion<br />
− Types of promotion<br />
Commonly confused concepts with promotion<br />
− Promotion and marketing<br />
2 − Promotion and promotion<br />
− Promotion and public relations<br />
Qualifications of promotion<br />
Approaches of promotion<br />
− Content of promotion approaches, common and different sides of it<br />
− Approaches of promotion<br />
− public relations − declaration<br />
3<br />
− advertising − announcement<br />
− personal contact − lobbying<br />
− media agent − propaganda<br />
− developing promotion − public issues<br />
− diplomacy<br />
Promotion in tourism<br />
− Description and importance of promotion in tourism<br />
4 − Tourism and reconstruction<br />
− Pre-conditions of promotion in tourism<br />
− Organizational studies about tourism in our country<br />
Promotion and cognition in tourism<br />
− System of cognition, its qualification and benefits<br />
5 − System of cognition<br />
− Touristic cognition system<br />
− Resources of getting information in tourism cognition<br />
Research of touristic promotion<br />
6 − Description and importance of touristic promotion research<br />
− The types of analyzing in touristic promotion research
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Techniques of collecting information in touristic promotion research<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Rules of touristic promotion<br />
Strategies of touristic promotion<br />
− Benefits of touristic promotion strategies<br />
− Types of touristic promotion strategies<br />
Politics of touristic promotion<br />
Promotion in tourism via declaration<br />
Promotion in tourism via developing promotion<br />
Promotion in tourism via advertisement<br />
Psychology of advertising, advertising according to psychological incentives, campaigns of advertisement<br />
and their steps.<br />
Factors which make easier the advertisement<br />
Planning of advertisement<br />
Promotion in tourism via public relations.<br />
Application of public relations to tourism<br />
Situation of touristic promotion in our country<br />
Promotion in tourism via diplomacy and lobbying<br />
Promotion in tourism via personal contact<br />
Promotion in tourism via propaganda<br />
− Suggestions about our tourism propaganda<br />
Promotion in tourism via cognition<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
The ability of implementing touristic promotion activities in terms of the<br />
company.<br />
The ability of preparing touristic promotion projects on a regional basis.<br />
The ability of examining and mutual analyzing of the promotion activities of<br />
the countries generating income from tourism.<br />
Contributing to the effectiveness of touristic promotion activities of a<br />
company or an area through developing projects.<br />
The ability of developing suggestions increasing the effectiveness of national<br />
touristic promotion.<br />
Having the ability of assessing the touristic promotion policies of Turkey.<br />
The ability to behave as a tourism messenger in tourism promotion of<br />
Turkey.<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution
8 The ability of developing promotion strategies for future.<br />
9<br />
Comprehending the importance of touristic promotion diplomacy and<br />
lobbying activities.<br />
Prepared by : Date :
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Analysis of Touristic Investment and Projects<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To provide the preparation and evaluation of investment project related to<br />
accommodation industry. The goal is students’ being able to decide whether an<br />
accommodation investment project is economical or not by analysing it with<br />
economical, technical and financial studies. Besides, it is aimed to provide that students<br />
are able to prepare a touristic investment project in accordance with concerned<br />
regulations.<br />
1. To explain the conceptual bases of investment projects.<br />
2. To instruct the procedure of carrying out economical and technical studies in<br />
accordance with the standards propounded by some important foundations like the<br />
Ministry of Culture and Tourism, Undersecretariat of Treasure and Development<br />
Bank.<br />
3. To instruct the commercial analysis of a micro-scaled tourism investment Project.<br />
4. To instruct the national economical analysis of a macro-scaled tourism investment<br />
Project.<br />
1. Students can explain the conceptual bases of investment projects correctly.<br />
2. They can carry out economical and technical studies in accordance with the<br />
standards propounded by some important foundations like the Ministry of Culture<br />
and Tourism, Undersecretariat of Treasure and Development Bank.<br />
3. They can make the commercial analysis of a micro-scaled tourism investment<br />
Project.<br />
4. They can make the national economical analysis of a macro-scaled tourism<br />
investment Project.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Sarıaslan, H., (1997) Yatırım Projelerinin Hazırlanması ve Değerlendirilmesi,<br />
Turhan Kitabevi, Ankara.<br />
1. Özen, Ö. T., Kuru Ş., Turizm Yatırımları, Özkan Ofset, İstanbul.<br />
Suggested Sources:<br />
2. Kahraman N., (1986) Turizm’de Yatırım Projeleri, Çağlayan Kitabevi, İstanbul.<br />
3. www.turizm.gov.tr<br />
4. Don Dayananda and others, (2002) Capital Butgeting: Financial Apprasial of<br />
Investment Projects, The Pres Syndicate of the University of Cambridge, U.K.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Theoretical Expression, Question and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Conceptual bases of investment projects<br />
Tourism investments in Turkey<br />
Features of tourism investments<br />
Preparation phases of tourism investment projects<br />
Economical study<br />
Promotions in tourism investments<br />
Investment process in tourism sector<br />
Technical analysis of tourism investment projects<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Calculation of total investment cost<br />
Evaluation of risky investment projects<br />
Financial analysis of tourism investment projects<br />
Case study<br />
Evaluation of projects- Commercial analysis<br />
Macro analysis of investment projects<br />
Subjects
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Knowledge about the kinds and features of tourism investments X<br />
Getting detailed information on promotions in Turkish tourism industry X<br />
The ability to plan the credits from which tourist facilities in investment stage can<br />
benefit as part of tourism promotions.<br />
The ability to calculate a touristic investment’s economical lifespan and the<br />
investment’s return time<br />
The ability to analyse the tourism investment projects in terms of national<br />
economy<br />
Knowing the foundations which give national and international credit in tourism<br />
investments and their conditions of credit use<br />
The ability to carry out any touristic investment’s profitability analysis X<br />
The ability to identify the benefits of tourism investments on the region and<br />
national economy<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Thermal Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Yrd. Doç. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail : ahmetbaytok@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
It provides information about the condition of thermal waters, the structure of tourism,<br />
thermal tourism establishments and managements to the students of tourism and hotel<br />
management who also can evaluate the conditions of thermal tourism in Turkey.<br />
To the students;<br />
1. It provides information about the thermal waters and teaches its usage areas;<br />
2. It teaches the contents of thermal tourism;<br />
3. It provides information about the thermal tourism establishments and<br />
managements;<br />
4. It provides information about the conditions, problems and solutions of thermal<br />
tourism in Turkey;<br />
1. It explains the conceptual structure, historical development and characteristics of<br />
thermal tourism,<br />
2. It knows and explains the characteristics of thermal tourism establishments and<br />
managements,<br />
3. It knows the problems of thermal tourism and gives solutions<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Ülker, İ. (1994). Sağlık Turizmi: Kaynaklar, Planlama, Tanıtım, T.C Kültür ve<br />
Turizm Bakanlığı Yayınları, ANKARA<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Karagülle, M. Z., ve M. B. Doğan (2002), Kaplıca Tıbbı ve Türkiye Kaplıca<br />
Rehberi, Nobel Tıp Kitabevleri, ANKARA
Assessment Criteria<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
General Information About Geothermal Resources<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Concept of geothermal water<br />
Usage areas of geothermal waters<br />
− Classification of geothermal waters<br />
General Information About Geothermal Resources<br />
2<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Historical development of geothermal waters usage<br />
Geothermal waters usage in the world<br />
− Geothermal waters usage in terms of health<br />
General Information About Geothermal Tourism<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Concept and types of health tourism<br />
Concept and definition of thermal tourism<br />
− Historical development of thermalism<br />
General Information About Geothermal Tourism<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Condition of thermalism in the world<br />
The reasons that creates thermalism<br />
− Comparison of thermal tourism with the other types of tourisms.<br />
Thermal Tourism Establishments and Managements<br />
5 − Planning of thermal spring curing centers<br />
− Characteristics of heath tourism centers<br />
Thermal Tourism Establishments and Managements<br />
6 − Departments of Thermal Tourism Establishments<br />
− Distinctive Features of Thermal Tourism Establishments<br />
7 MIDTERM EXAM<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Thermal resource potential in Turkey<br />
− Quality of Thermal Resources in Turkey<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− The destinations of thermal tourism in Turkey<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Demand of thermal tourism in Turkey<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Legal legislation of thermal tourism in Turkey
12<br />
13<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− The reasons of lagging of thermal tourism in Turkey<br />
Thermal Tourism in Turkey<br />
− Suggestions on the development of thermal tourism in Turkey<br />
14 FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
The skill of defining and commenting tourism sector<br />
The skill of designing a system, a part or a process in a way that it will meet<br />
requirements<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The skill of working in interdisciplinary teams X<br />
The skill of defining, formulizing and solving the problems about tourism X<br />
Sense of professional and ethical responsibility<br />
The skill of effective communication X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Having information about the actual problems X<br />
8 Sense of life long learning entailment X<br />
9 Gaining broad scanning about the thermal tourism as a type of touristic product X<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Communication in Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 2 0 2 2 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
The aim of this lesson is giving information about communication, explaining the ways of<br />
effective communication and teaching the importance of communication in terms of<br />
tourism.<br />
To the students:<br />
1. Teaching the conceptions about communication, types of communication and tools<br />
of it.<br />
2. Teaching the effective ways of communication.<br />
3. Teaching the effective techniques of talking and writing.<br />
4. Teaching the effects of cultural factors and cultural diversenesses on<br />
communication.<br />
Students:<br />
1. Learn the conceptions about communication, types of communication and tools of<br />
it.<br />
2. Learn the effective ways of communication.<br />
3. Learn the effective techniques of talking and writing.<br />
4. Learn the effects of cultural factors and cultural diversenesses on communication.<br />
Course Textbook :<br />
1. Söz Söyleme Sanatı, Herbert N. Casson, Kariyer yayıncılık, İstanbul, 2000<br />
Suggested resources :<br />
1. Bir haftada başarılı iletişim, John Macdonald ve Steve Tanner, Dünya Yayıncılık,<br />
İstanbul, 1998<br />
2. 1000 kişi önünde konuşmak, Marion Witz, Dharma Yayıncılık, 2004, İstanbul<br />
3. Etkili iletişim, Chris Roebuck, Doğan Yayıncılık, İstanbul, 2000
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Basic conceptions in communication.<br />
Effective methods of communication.<br />
Communication with customer<br />
Subjects<br />
The importance of communication in terms of customer satisfaction<br />
The body language<br />
Effective talking<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Communication in tourism<br />
Culture.<br />
Effects of cultural diverseness to communication.<br />
Vivification.<br />
Vivification<br />
Vivification.
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Information about the basic concepts in terms of communication X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Capability of communicating effectively X<br />
Capability of communicating with the others easily. X<br />
Capability of using the body language effectively. X<br />
Capability of comprehending the effect of cultural diverseveness on<br />
communication<br />
Capability of being a good listener. X<br />
Capability of persuading X<br />
8 Self reliance. X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Recreation Management<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes One group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach the concepts of spare time and recreation, these concepts’ place in tourism and<br />
their relation to tourism, to inform students about touristic recreation planning to study<br />
recreational activities practised in accommodations and to present samples from<br />
exemplar animation practises.<br />
1. To teach the concepts of spare time and recreation<br />
2. To comprehend the processes of planning and practising of recreation activities in<br />
touristic organisations.<br />
3. To get the ability of planning exemplar animation activities for accommodations<br />
4. To have the ability to create effects which will increase the service sales of<br />
animation activities in accommodations<br />
5. To be able to prepare education programs for animation activities in<br />
accommodations<br />
6. To be able to analyse animation activities comparatively<br />
Students<br />
1. Learn the concepts of spare time and recreation<br />
2. Comprehend the processes of planning and practicing of recreation activities in<br />
touristic organizations<br />
3. Get the ability of planning exemplar animation activities for accommodations<br />
4. Have the ability to create effects which will increase the service sales of<br />
animation activities in accommodations<br />
5. Can prepare education programs for animation activities in accommodations<br />
6. Can analyze animation activities comparatively<br />
Course Textbook<br />
1. Hacıoğlu, N., Gökdeniz, A., Dinç, Y. (2003) Boş Zaman & Rekreasyon Yönetimi<br />
Örnek Animasyon Uygulamaları, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık.<br />
Suggested Books<br />
1. Karaküçük, S., (1999) Rekreasyon Boş Zamanları Değerlendirme, Ankara,<br />
Bağırgan Yayımevi.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Teoretical expression, Queston and Answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Concepts of time, spare time and recreation<br />
Need of recreation<br />
Subjects<br />
Socio-economical factors supporting recreational participation<br />
Education of recreation<br />
Recreation Management<br />
3 − Recreational planning and programming<br />
− Amenities in recreational use<br />
Recreation’s relation to various areas<br />
4 − Recreation and environment<br />
− Recreation and economy<br />
Recreation’s relation to various areas<br />
5 − Recreation and sport<br />
− Recreation and play<br />
Recreation’s relation to various areas<br />
6 − Recreation and tourism<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Relation of recreation to tourism and active holidays<br />
− The process of relation between recreation and tourism<br />
− The causes of increase in demand for tourism and recreation<br />
− Active holidays and development of tourism with recreational purpose<br />
Leadership in recreational activities<br />
Responsibilities of recreation leader<br />
The problem of education in recreational leadership<br />
Analysis of recreational situation in Turkey<br />
11 − Description of animation and its functions<br />
The concept of animation, principles of planning and project<br />
− Conditions of success in animation projects
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− The role of touristic animation and attention of tourists<br />
Policy and planning of animation development in touristic organisations<br />
Animations for tourists and connection of local environment<br />
Development of touristic animations<br />
Classification of active animation kinds<br />
Animation management and matters to be taken into account<br />
Examples of animation in accommodations<br />
Effect of animations in accommodations on service sales<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
To comprehend the relations of the concepts of spare time and recreation to<br />
tourism<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
To have information about recreational activities practiced in tourism sector X<br />
To get the ability to plan and manage recreational activities carried out in touristic<br />
organizations<br />
To get the knowledge and ability of planning and organizing animation activities in<br />
accommodations<br />
To be able to carry out education programs for animation activities X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
To be able to diversify animation activities X<br />
To be able to practice the sale-increasing effects of animation activities on services<br />
in the sector<br />
To comprehend the importance of recreational activities in accommodations for<br />
that organization<br />
9 To be able to form animation groups for tourism X<br />
Prepared by : Date :<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
English for Business I<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Asist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail: hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web: www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail:<br />
Web:<br />
This course has been designed to help students of hospitality department learn the<br />
appropriate business English required and improve business vocabulary in order to<br />
communicate successfully with the clientele. The course help students to develop the<br />
language needed for important business communication skills.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of Business English used in different sectors of the economy. It enables students to<br />
understand and respond in English to an international clientele.<br />
It is expected that students will speak business English effectively, adjusting for<br />
audience, purpose, and situation.<br />
Course Book:<br />
1. Mascull, Bill. (2002). Business Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge University Press;<br />
UK<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoritical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practise, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Week<br />
Jobs, People and Organizations<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Work and jobs<br />
Ways of working<br />
− Recruitment and selection<br />
Jobs, People and Organizations<br />
2<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Skills and qualifications<br />
Pay and benefits<br />
− People and worjk place<br />
Jobs, People and Organizations<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The career ladder<br />
Problems at work<br />
− Managers, executives and directors<br />
Jobs, People and Organizations<br />
4 − Businesspeople and business leaders<br />
− Organizations<br />
Production<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Manufacturing and services<br />
The development process<br />
− Innovation and invention<br />
Production<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
− Making things<br />
− Materials and suppliers<br />
− Business philosophies<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Marketing<br />
− Buyers, sellers and the market<br />
− Market and competitors<br />
− Marketing and market orientation<br />
Marketing<br />
− Products and brands<br />
− Price<br />
− Place<br />
Subjects
Marketing<br />
10 − Promotion<br />
−<br />
Money<br />
The internet and e-commerce<br />
11<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Sales and costs<br />
Profitability and unprofitability<br />
−<br />
Money<br />
Getting paid<br />
12<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Assets, liabilities and the balance sheet<br />
The bottom line<br />
−<br />
Money<br />
Share capital and debt<br />
13 − Success and failure<br />
− Mergers, takeovers and sell-offs<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Ability to understand texts in English X<br />
Improved vocabulary X<br />
Ability to speak easily with business partners and associates, clients in English X<br />
Ability to use the words learned in a text X<br />
Writing CVs and job application letters X<br />
Ability to carry out written business communications X<br />
Ability to understand, write and present business reports X<br />
Ability to read and comprehend news, articles, chapters and studies related to<br />
business<br />
Ability to explain the job, responsibilites, the organizational structure, future plans<br />
and forecasts<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Huseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Code und Name<br />
Berufsfremdsprache (Deutsch) I<br />
Semester<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
VII 3 0 3 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben<br />
und – eignungen<br />
für Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail : ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie<br />
zukünftig arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich , als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können .<br />
- eine tägliche Aktivität erzählen<br />
- in einem Geschäft einkaufen<br />
- eine Speise beschreiben<br />
- einen Wetterbericht erklären<br />
- Hotels und Länder vergleichen<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer<br />
I - 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich<br />
willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von<br />
Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Semesterprüfung x 50<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Begrüssung, Grüss erwidern , Getränke / Frühstück bestellen , auf Bestellungen reagieren , Bar ,<br />
1 Frühstücksraum<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Zimmerbestellungen entgegennehmen ( I ) , Bedauern äussern , Mengenangaben für Getränke und<br />
Speisen<br />
Sich nach Eigenschaften und Preisen von Waren erkundigen und darüber Auskunft geben<br />
Daten von Gästen erfragen ( Personalien, Herkunft, Reiseziel, Aufnethaltsdauer, Abreisedatum )<br />
Zimmerbestellungen entgegennehmen ( II ) und Gäste empfangen, Anmeldeformalitäten erledigen,<br />
Rezeption<br />
Grundzahlen von 1-1000, Ordnungszahlen bis 31, sich nach der Nationalität erkundigen, würden +<br />
Infinitiv<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
Telefongespräche vermitteln, Wünsche entgegennehmen (Zimmer, Weckliste) Auskünfte erteilen<br />
(Hotelservice)<br />
Schriftliche Zimmerreservierungen entgegennehmen, über persönliche Dinge Auskunft geben, nach dem<br />
Gepäck<br />
fragen und dazu Auskunft geben<br />
Menübestellungen entgegennehmen, Speisen empfehlen, Bezeichnungen für Speisen ins Deutsche<br />
übersetzen<br />
Reklamationen im Restaurant entgegennehmen und darauf reagieren, Konjuktiv II von ‘’ haben ‘’ und<br />
‘’ sein ‘’<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )<br />
Uhrzeiten erfragen und nenen, über Öffnungszeiten, Fahrpläne, Reisedaten, Fest- und Feiertage Auskunft<br />
erteilen<br />
Im Restaurant abrechnen, besondere Wünsche entgegennehmen, Sehenswürdigkeiten empfehlen,<br />
Gäste verabschieden
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Sehenswürdigkeiten empfehlen x<br />
Anmeldeformalitäten erledigen x<br />
über Öffnungszeiten, Fahrpläne, Reisedaten, Fest- und Feiertage Auskunft erteilen x<br />
Menübestellungen entgegennehmen x<br />
Telefongespräche vermitteln x<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language Russian I<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VII 3 0 3 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Writes compositions, tells little stories. Vocab knowledge improves.<br />
1. Studying With Texts<br />
2. Writing Compositions<br />
3. Understanding with listening<br />
1. Practicing with Texts<br />
2. Writes Composition<br />
3. Understands with listening<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
1<br />
Using Russian grammar rules in different articles.<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Writing simple compositions.<br />
-------<br />
---------<br />
Analyzing sentences in the article via cutting into pieces.<br />
Analyzing the place of the sentences in the texts.<br />
--------<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Try to guess meaning of the unknown words which are used in different context.<br />
--------<br />
Getting listening and understanding skills by Visual and aural materials.<br />
---------<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate
13<br />
14<br />
---------<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Writing compositions, telling little stories. X<br />
Getting students achieve listening and understanding skills. X<br />
Prepared by: Aybeniz Mirishli Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution
Course Code and Name:<br />
Tourism Policy and Planning<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning Outs<br />
and Proficiencies<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach the tourism policy and planning and in accordance with this, to explain the<br />
tourism policies and plannings with examples. Thus, to make comprehend the planning<br />
processes of local, regional, and national tourism. Moreover, To analyse the development<br />
of national and international tourism policies.<br />
1. To teach the notion of tourism policy and its peculiarities<br />
2. To enable the evaluation of success conditions of a tourism policy which is being<br />
executed<br />
3. To bring in the ability to make local and regional tourism planning<br />
4. To bring in the ability to practically execute the methods of estimating tourist<br />
demands<br />
5. To teach the elements to be considered while planning touristic product supply<br />
6. To bring in the ability to form recognition strategies and plans for tourism<br />
products<br />
7. To bring in information to evaluate development plans and to form new policies<br />
in accordance with those plans<br />
8. To put in policies to increase tourist draw<br />
1. Explains the notion of tourism policy and its peculiarities<br />
2. Evaluates the success conditions of a tourism policy which is being executed<br />
3. Acquiring the ability to make local and regional tourism planning<br />
4. Acquiring the ability to practically execute the methods of estimating tourist<br />
demands<br />
5. Learns the elements to be considered while planning touristic product supply<br />
6. Gains the ability to form recognition strategies and plans for tourism products<br />
7. Acquires the information to evaluate development plans and to form new policies<br />
in accordance with those plans<br />
8. Determines policies to increase tourist draw
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Olalı, H. (1990) Turizm Politikası ve Planlaması, İ.Ü İşletme Fakültesi Yayınları,<br />
İstanbul<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. İçöz, Orhan vd. (2002) Turizm Planlaması, Turhan Kitabevi Yayınları, Ankara<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Introduction (Basic Notions and definitions)<br />
Subjects<br />
− Explanation of tourism economy and tourism fact<br />
1 − Analysis of the notion of tourism<br />
− forward projections of tourism fact<br />
− Topic distribution to students for presentation<br />
Tourism Policy<br />
2 − Explanation of definition and peculiarities of the notion of tourism<br />
− The elements forming the tourism policy and the need for tourism policy<br />
Tourism Policy (continued)<br />
3 − Success conditions of tourism policy<br />
− Elements of Turkish tourism policy<br />
Tourism planning<br />
4 − The notion of tourism planning and the aims and basics of tourism planning<br />
− The matters to be taken into consideration in preparation and execution of tourism plan<br />
Tourism Planning (continued)<br />
5 − The process of tourism planning in regional and local level<br />
Student presentation about the topic<br />
Estimating and planning tourist demand<br />
6 − Theoretical explanation of the methods related with estimating and planning tourist demand<br />
- Trend analysis - Regression analysis<br />
Estimating and planning tourist demand (continued)<br />
- Correlation analysis<br />
7<br />
− Theoretical explanation of the methods related with estimating and planning tourist demand<br />
- Covariation analysis - Cumulative Style - Graviton Models<br />
− Estimating and planning tourist demand in Turkey
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Planning the tourism product supply<br />
− The notion and peculiarities of touristic product<br />
− Policy and planning of touristic product<br />
− The factors to be considered for evaluation of touristic facilities and the selection of touristic regions<br />
from the point of supply in tourism planning<br />
- Natural resources - Condition of substructure<br />
Planning the tourism product supply (continued)<br />
− The factors to be considered for evaluation of touristic facilities and the selection of touristic regions<br />
from the point of supply in tourism planning<br />
- Social and economic conditions<br />
- Surface endowment<br />
- Cultural endowment and facilities for leisure time<br />
- Property condition<br />
- Current utilization form of land<br />
- Disvaluation of land and environmental pollution<br />
- Forecasts about the usage of the land in the future for tourism and recreation purposes<br />
Planning the tourism product supply (continued)<br />
− The factors to be considered for evaluation of touristic facilities and the selection of touristic regions<br />
from the point of supply in tourism planning<br />
- hospitality sources - tourism recreation relation - tourism animation relation<br />
Planning presentation- demand creation and tourist draw activities in tourism<br />
− Analysis of touristic market structure, marketing and distribution systems,<br />
− The role of public sector in touristic product marketing<br />
Some basic principles in tourism marketing<br />
Planning presentation- demand creation and tourist draw activities in tourism (continued)<br />
− Planning presentation- demand creation and tourist draw activities<br />
− Developing propositions via brainstorming<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
Full<br />
None Partially Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to forecast future in tourism industry X<br />
To comprehend the importance of tourism policy from the point of increasing<br />
tourism incomes<br />
The ability to evaluate the necessary elements to form tourism policy and to be<br />
able to constitute policy<br />
The ability to make regional and/or local level plans X<br />
The ability to estimate the tourism demand inclined to a region X<br />
X<br />
X
6<br />
7<br />
The ability to use academic methods in tourism demand estimation X<br />
The ability to determine touristic regions considering their supply features and to<br />
plan<br />
8 The ability to follow the actual condition of elements forming tourism market X<br />
9<br />
10<br />
The ability to make necessary inferences for planning by analyzing Five-Year<br />
Development Plan for Tourism<br />
The ability to evaluate the relations between public sector and private sector in<br />
tourism industry<br />
11 The ability to execute the touristic product marketing activities X<br />
12 The ability to plan a destination considering its carriage capacity X<br />
13 Being informed about tourism policies of Turkey X<br />
14 The ability to form a policy for a country/region/city X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Entrepreneurship in Tourism<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail:<br />
Web:<br />
Mail:<br />
Web:<br />
To teach students the notion of entrepreneurship and main features of entrepreneur. To<br />
teach the utilization conditions of countenance by entrepreneurs provided in tourism<br />
sector and to provide knowledge for attending entrepreneurship activities in tourism<br />
sector is aimed.<br />
1. To teach all the dimensions of the notion of entrepreneurship and entrepreneur<br />
2. To bring in the ability and knowledge to practically apply entrepreneurship types<br />
3. To bring in the ability within entrepreneurship to evaluate SMSE activities<br />
4. To have the ability to utilize entrepreneurship opportunities in tourism sector<br />
5. To bring in the ability to create new entrepreneur ideas about the sector intended<br />
for future<br />
1. Learns all the dimensions of the notion of entrepreneurship and entrepreneur<br />
2. Gains the ability and knowledge to practically apply entrepreneurship types<br />
3. Gains the ability within entrepreneurship to evaluate SMSE activities<br />
4. Has the ability to utilize entrepreneurship opportunities in tourism sector<br />
5. Gains the ability to create new entrepreneur ideas about the sector intended for<br />
future<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Tutar, H., Küçük, O. (2003). Girişimcilik ve Küçük İşletme Yönetimi, Ankara,<br />
Seçkin Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Döm, S. (2008). Girişimcilik ve Küçük İşletme Yöneticiliği, Ankara, Detay<br />
Yayıncılık<br />
2. Yurtseven R. (2007). Girişimcilik Küçük Bir İşletme Kurmak ve Yönetmek,<br />
Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Notions about entrepreneurship<br />
Subjects<br />
1 The importance and development of entrepreneurship<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Types of entrepreneurship in Turkey<br />
Entrepreneurship typology in Turkey<br />
The future of entrepreneurship in Turkey<br />
Factors of achievement in entrepreneurship<br />
Reasons of failure in entrepreneurship<br />
Features of entrepreneurs<br />
Intra-entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship<br />
Motivation in entrepreneurship<br />
Creativity and innovation in entrepreneurship<br />
Protection of invention, brand and designs<br />
Vocational ideas in entrepreneurship<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Preparing job plan in entrepreneurship and documentation of it<br />
Within job plan, Management, marketing, Finance and production plans<br />
Analysis of structures of small and medium sized enterprises (SMSE) in the scope of entrepreneurship<br />
− The definition and common features of SMSE<br />
− Main contributions of SMSE’s to economical and social system<br />
− Problems of SMSE’s<br />
Analysis of entrepreneurship activities in tourism sector<br />
Conditions of success of entrepreneurship in tourism<br />
The analysis of incentives and credits in tourism sector for entrepreneurs<br />
The analysis of usage conditions of incentives and credits related tourism<br />
Entrepreneurship stories in tourism sector
13<br />
14<br />
Sample event analyses in entrepreneurship related with tourism<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
To have the main qualities and features of an entrepreneur X<br />
To be able to utilize entrepreneurship opportunities X<br />
The ability to use effectively the incentives and credits for entrepreneurial<br />
activities in tourism sector<br />
The ability to present entrepreneurial propositions to increase sales in tourism<br />
enterprises<br />
The ability to create new entrepreneurial opportunities considering the future of<br />
tourism sector<br />
Learning the work manners of SMSE X<br />
To have the necessary knowledge and ability to work as manager in SMSE X<br />
The ability to present new entrepreneurial solution propositions analysing the<br />
problems of SMSE in tourism sector<br />
9 Making Large-scale investments in tourism sector. X<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Convention and Events Management<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet Baytok<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail : ahmetbaytok@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Makes tourism and hospitality management students be informed about the structure of<br />
convention tourism, fair organization and management.<br />
1. Makes students be aware of the importance of product diversification in tourism<br />
2. Teaches convention tourism and its scope<br />
3. Makes students be informed about the problems and solution proposals of<br />
convention tourism in our country<br />
4. Teaches the process of convention organization and management<br />
5. Teaches the process of organization and management of fairs<br />
1. Explains the notion and importance of product diversification in tourism<br />
2. Explains the conceptual structure, historical development and peculiarities of<br />
convention tourism and explains the level of it in our country<br />
3. Explains the phases of a convention in the process of organization<br />
4. Explains the phases of a fair in the process of organization
Course Basic and Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Aymankuy, Y. , (2003), Kongre Turizmi ve Fuar Organizasyonları, Ankara,<br />
Detay Yayıncılık<br />
Suggested readings:<br />
2. Çakıcı, C., (2004), Toplantı Yönetimi: Kongre, Konferans Seminer ve Fuar<br />
Organizasyonu, Ankara, Detay Yayıncılık<br />
3. Montgomery, R.J., Strick, S.K., (1995), Meetings, Conventions and Expositions:<br />
An Introductıon to The Industry, NY, Van Nostrand Reinhold<br />
4. Fenich, G.G., (2005), Meetings, Expositions Events and Conventions: An<br />
Introduction To The Industry, New Jersey, Pearson, Prentice Hall.<br />
5. Arslan, K., (2008), Türkiye’de Kongre Turizmini Geliştirme İmkanları,<br />
İstanbul, İTO Yayını, Yayın No.2008-34<br />
6. Tavmergan, İ.P. ve Aksakal, E.G., (2004), Kongre ve Toplantı Yönetimi,<br />
Ankara, Seçkin Yayıncılık,<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 30<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
X 30<br />
Final Examination X 40<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
Subjects<br />
Product diversification in tourism and its necessity<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The notion of product diversification<br />
The necessity of product diversification<br />
− Product diversification strategy<br />
The scope of convention tourism, historical development and reasons<br />
2<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The notion and definition of convention<br />
Historical development of conventions<br />
− The reasons of development of conventions<br />
Structural analysis of convention tourism and its condition in Turkey<br />
− Quantitative distribution of conventions<br />
3<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The condition of convention tourism in the world<br />
Convention tourism in turkey<br />
− Historical development of convention tourism in Turkey<br />
− The problems and solution offers of convention tourism inTurkey<br />
The criteria for selecting a place for convention and facilities that convention cities must have<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
The criteria for selecting a place for convention<br />
Facilities that convention cities must have
Specialization of convention services<br />
5<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Professional Convention Organizer<br />
Convention Services Manager<br />
− Convention Planner<br />
Enterprises in convention market that forming supply and demand<br />
6 − Enterprises in convention market that composes supply<br />
− Enterprises in convention market that composes demand<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
The process of convention organization<br />
a) Planning<br />
b) Analyzing needs<br />
c) Developing objectives (SMART)<br />
The process of convention organization<br />
a) Selecting place<br />
b) Requests for proposals (RFP)<br />
c) budgeting<br />
d) detecting costs<br />
The process of convention organization<br />
a) Organizing and managing<br />
b) Preparation of meeting guides<br />
c) Marketing<br />
d) Determining food and beverage services<br />
The process of convention management<br />
a) Last preparations before convention<br />
b) The process of realization of convention<br />
The process of fair organization<br />
a) The notion of fair, historical development and its kinds<br />
b) The peculiarities of fair organization<br />
The process of fair organization<br />
a) Fair organization works<br />
b) Stand management<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to recognize and interpret tourism sector X<br />
The ability to design a system, part or process in a way to meet the requirements X<br />
The ability to work in interdisciplinary teams X<br />
The ability to define, formulize and solve problems related with tourism X
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Consciousness of vocational and ethical responsibility X<br />
The ability to communicate efficiently (Turkish and English) X<br />
Information about the problems of the times X<br />
8 The awareness of necessity of life long learning X<br />
9<br />
The ability to accomplish the process of convention and fair organization and<br />
management<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet Baytok Date: 20.08.2009<br />
X
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Sales Promotion in Tourism Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 4 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To teach students the importance of sales development in tourism enterprises, and to<br />
teach techniques of sales development within enterprise. To present examples about<br />
applications of sales development programme in hospitality enterprises and to explain<br />
loss of income stemming from sales and marketing by means of sample events.<br />
1. To teach the notion of sales development and sales development techniques<br />
2. To be informed about Criss-Cross sales and Up selling applications in hospitality<br />
enterprises, to practically apply sales techniques in the enterprise being worked<br />
in<br />
3. To bring in the ability to plan sales development activities in hospitality<br />
enterprises<br />
4. To be able to develop creative ideas for the exposition of touristic products<br />
5. To find out the reasons of income losses in hospitality enterprises and to be able<br />
to develop solution propositions.<br />
1. Learns the notion of sales development and sales development techniques<br />
2. Becomes informed about Criss-Cross sales and Up selling applications in<br />
hospitality enterprises, can apply sales techniques in the enterprise being worked<br />
in<br />
3. Gains the ability to plan sales development activities in hospitality enterprises<br />
4. Can develop creative ideas for the exposition of touristic products<br />
5. Can develop solution propositions, finding out the reasons of income losses in<br />
hospitality enterprises<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Avcıkurt, C. (2005). Turizmde Tanıtma ve Satış Geliştirme, 2. Baskı, Değişim<br />
Yayınları, İstanbul.<br />
Theoretical lecture, question and answer
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Sales development and its features<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
2<br />
Upselling<br />
― Individual communication and sales<br />
― Relations with interior guests and internal marketing<br />
― Intersection selling<br />
Upselling<br />
3 − Developing profit centers in tourism enterprises<br />
− Approach and services to the guest in tourism enterprises<br />
Sales promotion techniques in tourism enterprises<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
− Price cut<br />
− Hidden price cut<br />
− Coupon distribution<br />
− Refunds<br />
Sales promotion techniques in tourism enterprises<br />
− To serve extra products (Upselling)<br />
− Extra services and events promotions<br />
− Free of charge presents<br />
− Offering sample products<br />
Sales promotion techniques in tourism enterprises<br />
− Frequent user programmes<br />
− Sales by installments<br />
Examples from promotion applications<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Sales promotion programme application time<br />
Price cut or increasing product value<br />
The role of price diversification in sales development<br />
Planning sales promotion activities<br />
− Determination of objectives<br />
− Determination of target groups<br />
− Determination of alternative strategies
10<br />
11<br />
Planning sales promotion activities<br />
− Programme developing<br />
− Testing programme<br />
− Applying programme<br />
− Testing programme<br />
− Evaluating the efficiency of the programme<br />
Exposition and organization of touristic product<br />
Income losses in tourism enterprises stemming from sales and marketing<br />
12 − Relationship marketing and holding customers<br />
− Customer complaints<br />
Income losses in tourism enterprises stemming from sales and marketing<br />
13<br />
14<br />
− Analysing main income losses in tourism enterprises<br />
- Lodging system faults<br />
- Agent agreements<br />
- Payment systems<br />
- Leasing of service departments<br />
Analysis of chosen sample event<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Being informed about sales development techniques in tourism enterprises X<br />
The ability to apply sales development techniques in tourism enterprises X<br />
To comprehend the importance of cross selling and up selling applications for<br />
tourism enterprise and applying the related techniques efficiently<br />
The ability to plan the organization and exposition of touristic product X<br />
The skill to find out income losses stemming from sales and marketing in<br />
tourism enterprise<br />
Being able to develop solution propositions for income losses stemming from<br />
sales and marketing<br />
The ability to interpret the activities intended for sales development in tourism<br />
sector<br />
Prepared by: Date:<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X
Course Code and Name:<br />
Bachelor Thesis<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 2 5 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
To consolidate the information that the students acquire throughout their college<br />
education. To teach the students how to carry out research about a specific subject and<br />
how to report it.<br />
1. To make the student learn all the phases of an academic research<br />
2. To develop and consolidate the knowledge and experience of the students<br />
3. To make the students learn how to report results of the research they have done.<br />
1. The student learns all the phases of an academical research<br />
2. Students improve and consolidate their knowledge and experiences<br />
3. Students learn how to report results of the research they have done.<br />
Counseling
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1. Quiz<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
1 Topic assignation studies<br />
2 Topic assignation studies<br />
Oral Examination<br />
3 Determining the title of the thesis<br />
4 Preparation of content<br />
5 Preparation of content<br />
6 Defining the content of the research<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination<br />
Subjects<br />
7 Beginning researches about the notional part of the study<br />
8 Scanning literature<br />
9 Scanning literature<br />
10 Research<br />
11 Research<br />
12 Research<br />
13 Reporting<br />
If Avaible, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate
14 Submitting<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Learning the process of preparing academical research x<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
Being informed about research techniques x<br />
Ability to do research x<br />
The ability to plan experimental methods x<br />
Information about data collecting techniques x<br />
Information about collecting and analyzing data x<br />
The ability to express information in an academical style x<br />
8 The ability to evaluate in accordance with specific criteria x<br />
Prepared by : Date :
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Leadership and Organizational Culture in Hospitality<br />
Enterprises<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 2 0 2 2 3 Turkish Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Mail : ahmetbaytok@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Enables tourism and hotel management students to understand the issues of leadership<br />
and organizational culture, and to be informed about the relation of leadership and<br />
organizational culture in tourism enterprises level.<br />
1. Makes students be aware of the notion of leadership, its extent and approaches<br />
2. Teaches organizational culture notion, its elements, maintaining and changing it.<br />
3. Enables students to understand the relation between leadership and<br />
organizational culture<br />
4. Sets forth leadership and organizational culture relations in tourism enterprises<br />
and enables students to be informed in this subject<br />
1. Knows and explains leadership and leadership approaches<br />
2. Knows and explains the notion, elements, maintaining and changing of<br />
organizational culture<br />
3. Knows the relation between leadership and organizational culture and explains<br />
the process<br />
4. Explains the interaction between leadership and organizational culture in<br />
tourism enterprises
Course Basic and Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Course textbook:<br />
1. Schein, E.H. 1992, Organizational Culture and Leadership 2. Ed., Jossey Bass<br />
Publishers. San Fransisco.<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Bass, B.M. (1990), Bass & Stogdill Handsbook of Leadership, 3. Ed., Free Pres,<br />
London.<br />
2. Schein, E.H. 1992, Organizational Culture and Leadership 2. Ed., Jossey Bass<br />
Publishers. San Fransisco.<br />
3. Şişman, A. 2002, Örgütler ve Kültürler, Pegem A Yayıncılık, Ankara.<br />
4. Terzi, A.R. 2000, Örgüt Kültürü, Nobel Yayınları, Ankara.<br />
5. Yukl, G. 1994, Leadership in Organizations, 3.Ed., Prentice Hall, NJ.<br />
6. Northouse, P.G. 1997, Leadership, Sage Publications, Inc, Thousand Oaks,<br />
California.<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Week<br />
Leadership and Approaches for Leadership<br />
1 − Notion of leadership<br />
− Leadership definition<br />
Leadership and Approaches for Leadership<br />
2 − General features of leadership<br />
− Organizational function of the leader<br />
Leadership and Approaches for Leadership<br />
3 − Classical approaches for leadership<br />
Leadership and Approaches for Leadership<br />
4 − Actual approaches for leadership<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Subjects<br />
Organizational culture and formation process<br />
5 − Culture and organizational culture notion and its peculiarities<br />
− Elements of organizational culture<br />
Organizational culture and formation process<br />
6 − Formation of organizational culture
7<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Organizational culture and formation process<br />
8 − Maintaining organizational culture<br />
− Changing organizational culture<br />
Leadership and organizational culture relationship<br />
9 − The role of the leader in the formation of the organizational culture<br />
Service leadership<br />
10 − The notion of service leadership<br />
− Character and managerial roles of service leader<br />
Service leadership<br />
11 − The similarities between service leadership and other leadership approaches<br />
− The differences between service leadership and other leadership approaches<br />
Service culture<br />
12 − The notion of service<br />
− The notion of service culture and its features<br />
The relation between service leadership and service culture<br />
13 − The role of service leader in the formation of service culture<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAMINATION<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
The ability to recognize and interpret tourism sector X<br />
The ability to design a system, part or process in a way to meet the requirements X<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
The ability to work in interdisciplinary teams X<br />
The ability to define, formulise and solve problems related with tourism X<br />
Consciousness of vocational and ethical responsibility X<br />
The ability to communicate efficiently (Turkish and English) X<br />
Information about the problems of the times X<br />
8 The awareness of necessity of life long learning X<br />
Prepared by: Assist. Prof. Dr. Ahmet BAYTOK Date: 20.08.2009
Course Code and Name:<br />
English for Business II<br />
Semester<br />
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 4 English Compulsory<br />
Prerequisite (s) -<br />
Instructor<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes Single Group<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin<br />
SOYBALI<br />
Mail : hsoybali@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web : www.tioyo.aku.edu.tr<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
This course has been designed to help hospitality students learn the appropriate business<br />
English required and improve business vocabulary in order to communicate successfully<br />
with the clientele. The course help students to develop the language needed for important<br />
business communication skills.<br />
This course offers systematic practice and principles in listening, speaking and writing<br />
skills of Business English used in different sectors of the economy. It enables students to<br />
understand and respond in English to an international clientele.<br />
It is expected that students will speak business English effectively, adjusting for audience,<br />
purpose, and situation.<br />
Course Textbook:<br />
1. Mascull, Bill. (2002). Business Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge University Press;<br />
UK<br />
Suggested Readings:<br />
1. Lecture Notes<br />
Theoretical Lectures, Listening and Speaking Practise, Dialogues,<br />
Questions & Answers
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%) Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Week<br />
Finance and the economy<br />
1<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Personal finance<br />
Financial centers<br />
− Trading<br />
Finance and the economy<br />
2 − Indicators 1<br />
− Indicators 2<br />
Doing the right thing<br />
3 − Wrongdoing and corruption<br />
− Ethics<br />
Personal skills<br />
4<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Time and time management<br />
Stress and stress management<br />
−<br />
Culture<br />
Leadership and management styles<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
− Business across cultures 1<br />
− Business across cultures 2<br />
− Business across cultures 3<br />
Telephone, Fax and email<br />
− Telephoning 1: phones and numbers<br />
− Telephoning 2: getting through<br />
− Telephoning 3: messages<br />
MID-TERM EXAM<br />
Telephone, Fax and email<br />
− Telephoning 4: arrangements<br />
− Faxes<br />
− Emails<br />
Business Skills<br />
− Meetings 1: types of meeting<br />
− Meetings 2: the role of the chairperson<br />
− Meetings 3: points of view<br />
Subjects
Business Skills<br />
10<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Meetings 4: agreement and disagreement<br />
Meetings 5: discussion techniques<br />
− Presentations 1: preparation and introduction<br />
Business Skills<br />
11 − Presentations 2: main part<br />
− Presentations 3: closing and questions<br />
Business Skills<br />
12<br />
−<br />
−<br />
Negotiations 1: situations and negotiators<br />
Negotiations 2: preparing<br />
− Negotiations 3: furthering negotiations<br />
Business Skills<br />
13 − Negotiations 4: difficulties<br />
− Negotiations 5: reaching agreement<br />
14<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Ability to understand texts in English X<br />
Improved vocabulary X<br />
Ability to speak easily with business partners and associates, clients in English X<br />
Ability to use the words learned in a text X<br />
Writing CVs and job application letters X<br />
Ability to carry out written business communications X<br />
Ability to understand, write and present business reports X<br />
Ability to read and comprehend news, articles, chapters and studies related to<br />
business<br />
Ability to explain the job, responsibilities, the organizational structure, future plans<br />
and forecasts<br />
Prepared by : Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan Hüseyin SOYBALI Date: 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution<br />
X<br />
X
UNIVERSITAET AFYON KOCATEPE<br />
HOCHSCHULE FÜR TOURISMUS UND HOTELGEWERBE<br />
FORMULAR ZUR VORSTELLUNG FÜR FAECHER<br />
Code und Name<br />
Berufsfremdsprache (Deutsch) II<br />
Semester<br />
Stunde<br />
Theorie<br />
Stunde<br />
Praktik<br />
Gesamtstun<br />
de<br />
Fachbereich / Programm<br />
Beherbergungsgewerbe<br />
Kredit ECTS Lehrsprache<br />
Fachart :<br />
Pflicht - /<br />
Wahlfach<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 3 Deutsch / Türkisch Wahlfach<br />
Vorbedingung<br />
Lehrbeauftragter Ahmet ÇETİN ( Lektor )<br />
Fachhelfer -<br />
Gruppe / Klasse Eine Klasse<br />
Grund– und<br />
Hilfsmaterielle<br />
für Fach<br />
Fachzweck<br />
Fachziele<br />
Lernausgaben<br />
und – eignungen<br />
für Fach<br />
Unterrichtsmethode<br />
für Fach<br />
-<br />
Mail: ahmetcetin@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web:<br />
Mail:<br />
Web:<br />
Mit diesem Fach zielt man darauf, dass man den Studenten Deutsch eingehend beibringt.<br />
So sieht man vor, dass die Studenten sowohl ihre Meinungen und Wünsche auf Deutsch<br />
sagen können, als auch am Arbeitplatz Deutsch richtig sprechen können, wo sie<br />
zukünftig arbeiten.<br />
Dieser Unterricht bezweckt, dass die Studenten selbst durch ihre Deutschkenntnisse am<br />
Ende ihres Studiums besonders im Bereich Tourismus sowohl mündlich, als auch<br />
schriftlich auf Deutsch richtig ausdrücken können.<br />
- eine tägliche Aktivität erzählen<br />
- in einem Geschäft einkaufen<br />
- eine Speise beschreiben<br />
- einen Wetterbericht erklären<br />
- Hotels und Länder vergleichen<br />
Grundlehrbuch : Passwort Deutsch 1-3<br />
Hilfsbücher : Auf Deutsch gesagt 1- 4 / Studio d A I / Deutsch für Ausländer<br />
I - 2 Berliner Platz I - 2 / Deutsch für junge Türken 1-3 / Zimmer frei Herzlich<br />
willkommen - Deutsch in Hotellerie & Gastronomie / ferner Casetten und CD’s von<br />
Lehrbüchern<br />
Thema mit Beispielen erzählen, deutsche Casette oder CD zuhören , natürlich beim<br />
Unterricht die Studenten aktive Teilnahme am Unterricht durch Fragen ermöglichen
Auswertungs<br />
grössen<br />
Wenn ja ,<br />
Kreuzen Sie<br />
als (X) an !<br />
1. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
11. Zwischenprüfung x 25<br />
Semesterprüfung x 50<br />
Unterrichtsplan für Semester<br />
Woche<br />
Themen<br />
Hilfe anbieten, seine Familie vorstellen, mit den Jungen Kontakt aufnehmen, äussere Form und<br />
1 Bestandteil des Briefes, Personal- und Possessivpronomen im N.A.D.G<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
Prozentsatz (%)<br />
zum Durchschnitt<br />
Gäste ins Zimmer einweisen, Waren empfehlen, Auskunft über Einrichtungen im Hotel geben,<br />
Stammgäste begrüssen, schriftliche Frühstücksbestellungen entgegennehmen, Verben mit Akkusativ und<br />
Dativ<br />
Reiseauskunft geben, Zimmer- und Hoteleinrichtungen beschreiben, vergleichen und beurteilen<br />
Adjektivkomparation<br />
Wege und Fahrmöglichkeiten beschreiben, Speisen nach Hekunft, Beschaffenheit und Zubereitungsart<br />
charakterisieren<br />
Touristische Veranstaltungen und Rahmenprogramme beschreiben, empfehlen und ankündigen,<br />
Adjektivdeklination<br />
Fremde Äusserungen wiedergeben, über Sehenswürdigkeiten Auskunft geben, Nebensätze mit zu<br />
+Infinitiv<br />
Nebensätze mit ‘’ dass ‘’<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / I. Zwischenprüfung ( schriftlich )<br />
Tischreservierungen entgegennehmen, Plätze im Restaurant anbieten, einen Aperitif empfehlen und<br />
Zubereitung von Cocktails beschreiben, Reflexive Verben<br />
Über Zimmerpreis Auskunft geben, Bestellung eines Leihwagens entgegennehmen, Passiv<br />
Anbieten, Beschreiben und Empfehlen von Suppen, Vorspeisen, Hauptgerichten und Nachspeisen,<br />
Zustandspassiv<br />
Beanstandungen und Beschwerden entgegennehmen und darauf reagieren, nach der Qualität von Speisen<br />
fragen<br />
Präteritum<br />
Wiederholung von erzählten Themen / II. Zwischenprüfung ( mündlich )<br />
Auskunft über das Wetter geben, Sehenswürdigkeiten erklären und Waren in der Badeboutique näher<br />
bezeichnen<br />
Nebensätze mit ‘’ wenn ‘<br />
Abrechnen in Reiseschecks und Fremdwährung, Auskunft über Fundsachen geben, Relativsätze
Beziehung mit Lernausgaben von Unterricht<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Unterrichtserwerbe<br />
Unterrichtsanteil<br />
kein teils<br />
Wege und Fahrmöglichkeiten beschreiben x<br />
Auskunft über Einrichtungen im Hotel geben x<br />
Beschwerden entgegennehmen und darauf reagieren x<br />
Bestellung eines Leihwagens entgegennehmen x<br />
Auskunft über Fundsachen geben x<br />
Der Vorbereitende: Deutschlehrer Ahmet ÇETİN Datum: 20.08.2009<br />
Voll<br />
Anteil
AFYON KOCATEPE UNIVERSITY<br />
SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT<br />
COURSE IDENTIFICATION FORM<br />
Course Code and Name:<br />
Vocational Foreign Language (Russian) II<br />
Semester<br />
Theoretic<br />
Hour<br />
Practice<br />
Hour<br />
Total<br />
Hour<br />
Department / Department of :<br />
Hospitality Management<br />
Credits ECTS<br />
Language of<br />
Instruction<br />
EK-4<br />
Type:<br />
Compulsory/<br />
Elective<br />
VIII 3 0 3 3 3 Russian Elective<br />
Prerequisite (s)<br />
Instructor Aybeniz Mirishli<br />
Course Assistant<br />
Groups / Classes<br />
Course Aim<br />
Course Goals<br />
Course Learning<br />
Outs and<br />
Proficiencies<br />
Course Basic and<br />
Auxiliary Contexts<br />
Mail : mirishli@aku.edu.tr<br />
Web :<br />
Mail :<br />
Web :<br />
Learn to take note via listening. Talks and writes about a given subject. Reach any<br />
information on the web.<br />
1. Taking note when listening<br />
2. Consolidating speaking<br />
3. Getting information on the web.<br />
1. Takes note when listening<br />
2. Intensifies speaking<br />
3. Gets information on the web<br />
1. Start 1-2. Moskova, 1986;<br />
Course Textbook;<br />
2. Start 1-2. Sözlük, 1986;<br />
3. Miller, L; Politova, L; Ribakova, İ. Bir varmış Bir yokmuş Rusça eğitime<br />
başlayanlar için derslik, S.Peterburg, 2000;<br />
4. Havronina, V. Alıştırmalarla Rusça. Moskova, 1988;<br />
5. Abdulraşidova, N; Gültekin, M. Adım Adım Rusça, Ankara, 2005.
Methods of Giving<br />
Lecture<br />
Assessment Criteria<br />
Semester Course Plan<br />
Week<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Course book, Workbook, Dictionary, Additional materials, CD player, Web sites<br />
If Available, to<br />
Sign (x)<br />
General Average<br />
Percentage (%)<br />
Rate<br />
1. Quiz X 40<br />
2. Quiz<br />
3. Quiz<br />
4. Quiz<br />
5. Quiz<br />
Oral Examination<br />
Practice Examination (Laboratory,<br />
Project etc.)<br />
Final Examination X 60<br />
Taking notes from Visual and aural materials.<br />
-------<br />
Subjects<br />
Using Different sentences and talk about the subject. Prepare the same subject written form.<br />
Writing a letter.<br />
----------<br />
------------<br />
----------.<br />
Intermediate<br />
Text: “Touristic tour in Turkey”.<br />
Text: “Football Fans”.<br />
Text: “Birthday”.<br />
Review Russian web sites.
13<br />
14<br />
----------<br />
Final Exam<br />
Relations with Course Department Advantages<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Programme Advantages<br />
Course Contribution<br />
None Partially<br />
Learning to take a note by listening. X<br />
Speaking and writing via tackling a subject. X<br />
Using web sites. X<br />
Prepared by : Aybeniz Mirishli Date : 20.08.2009<br />
Full<br />
Contri<br />
bution